FACTORY AUTOMATION

Graphic Operation Terminal

GOT2000 Series● Innovative display features in simply designed body
● Enhanced lineup with wide models● GOT Mobile & GOT Drive further expands possibilities
within factory systems

Global Player

GLOBAL IMPACT OF
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC

Through Mitsubishi Electric’s vision, “Changes for the Better“ are possible for a brighter future.

Mitsubishi Electric is involved in many areas including the following
We bring together the best minds tocreate the best technologies. At
Mitsubishi Electric, we understandthat technology is the driving force ofchange in our lives. By bringing greater comfort to daily life, maximizing theefficiency of businesses and keeping
things running across society, we
integrate technology and innovation tobring changes for the better.

Energy and Electric Systems
A wide range of power and electrical products from generators to large-scale displays.
Electronic Devices
A wide portfolio of cutting-edge semiconductor devices for systems and products.
Home Appliance
Dependable consumer products like air conditioners and home entertainment systems.
Information and Communication Systems
Commercial and consumer-centric equipment, products and systems.
Industrial Automation Systems
Maximizing productivity and efficiency with cutting-edge automation technology.

2

GOT2000

INDEX
1. Lineup04

1

2. Hardware

06

2

3. GT SoftGOT2000

20

3

4. GOT2000 Solutions INDEX

22

4

GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

24

GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

32

5

Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features

43

Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

47

Hardware Features

56

Security & Additional System Features

62

Data Handling Features

71

Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices74

5. MELSOFT iQ Works

82

6. MELSOFT GT Works384

7. e-F@ctory96

8. Specifications

99

9. Product List

146

10. Support

154

6
7
8
9
10

3

GOT2000
Concept movie

LineupEnhanced lineup satisfies your needs in various applications

1

GT27

Advanced model with multi-touch gesture functions
Ethernet

RS-232

Lineup15 inchTFT
65536
colorsXGA

RS-422/485

CC-Link IE Field*1

CC-Link IE Field Basic

12.1 inch
TFT
65536
colorsAC
DC

1024×768

CC-Link IE Control

CC-Link Bus MELSECNET*1 The CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit and GOT set is also available.

GT2715-XTBA
GT2715-XTBD

10.4 inch
TFT
65536
colorsAC
DC

GT2712-STBA
GT2712-STBD
GT2712-STWA [White model]
GT2712-STWD [White model]

SVGA

800×600

AC
DC

SVGA

800×600

VGA

640×480

GT25

Ethernet

RS-232

RS-422/485

CC-Link IE Control*2

CC-Link IE Field*1*2

CC-Link IE Field BasicBus* 2MELSECNET* 2

10.4 inch
TFT
65536
colorsAC
DC

GT2512-STBA
GT2512-STBD

SVGA

800×600

AC
DC

VGA

640×480

GT2510-VTBA
GT2510-VTBD
GT2510-VTWA [White model]
GT2510-VTWD [White model]

GOT2000 widescreen expands your view
Ethernet (2 ports)

RS-232

RS-422/485

CC-Link IE Field BasicSound output (built-in)

NEW

NEW

10.1 inch
TFT
65536
colors7 inchTFT
65536
colorsDC

WXGA

1280×800

4CC-Link*2*1 The CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit and GOT set is also available. *2 Not supported by GT2505.

TFT
65536
colors

GT23

GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTBD
GT2710-VTWA [White model]
GT2710-VTWD [White model]High performance, cost efficient, mid-range model

12.1 inch

GT25 Wide

GT2710-STBA
GT2710-STBD

GT2510-WXTBDGT2510-WXTSD

DC

WVGA

800×480

GT2507-WTBD
GT2507-WTSD

Unchallenged cost performance
Ethernet

RS-232

RS-422/485

CC-Link IE Field Basic

10.4 inch

8.4 inch

TFT
65536
colorsTFT
65536
colorsVGA

AC
DC

640×480

GT2310-VTBA
GT2310-VTBD

VGA

AC
DC

640×480

GT2308-VTBA
GT2308-VTBD

GOT2000
HMI/GOT Screen Design Software
Professional Designs in Just a Few Clicks
You can effectively use existing screen assets or design aesthetic screens with GT Works3, the softwarethat can be commonly used for the GOT2000 Series.

Multi-touch gestureMultimedia* 2

Video/RGB*2

Sound output

SoftGOT

External I/O*2 Not supported by GT2705.

5.7 inch

TFT
65536
colorsTFT
65536
colors65536
colorsAC
DC

800×600

SVGA

GT2708-STBA
GT2708-STBD

VGA

GT2708-VTBA
GT2708-VTBD

640×480

Sound output* 2

DC

GT2705-VTBD

VGA

640×4801Lineup8.4 inch

GOT2000 compatible
softwareUSB port
license key

GOT2000 compatible HMI software

2000 Version1

GT SoftGOT2000 is an HMI software that allows
GOT2000 functions to operate on a personal
computer or panel computer. Various industrial
devices can be connected and monitored.
Resolution: 640 to 1920 × 480 to 1200
* A separate license key must be mounted during use.

External I/O* 2NEW

8.4 inch

5.7 inch

TFT
65536
colorsTFT
65536
colorsAC
DC

VGA

640×480

GT2508-VTBA
GT2508-VTBD
GT2508-VTWA [White model]
GT2508-VTWD [White model]

GT25

Ethernet RS-232

RS-422/485

12.1 inch
AC
DC

SVGA

800×600

GT2505-VTBD

VGA

640×480

A new style of GOT2000

Open frame

TFT
65536
colorsDC

GT2512F-STNA
GT2512F-STND

CC-Link IE Control CC-Link IE Field CC-Link IE Field Basic CC-Link Bus MELSECNET Sound output External I/O

10.4 inch

8.4 inch

TFT
65536
colorsTFT
65536
colorsAC
DC

VGA

640×480

GT2510F-VTNA
GT2510F-VTND

AC
DC

VGA

640×480

GT2508F-VTNA
GT2508F-VTND

Compact models with basic functions

GT21

Ethernet*1

RS-232*1

RS-422/485*1

CC-Link IE Field Basic*2*1 ‌Supported interfaces vary depending on the model.
Please refer to descriptions in [ ] after the model.
*2 ‌Supported only by the models equipped with an Ethernet port.

Ethernet

GT21 Wide

RS-232 RS-422/485
CC-Link IE Field BasicNEW

4.3 inch

3.8 inch

TFT
65536
colorsTFT
monochromeDC

7 inchTFT
65536
colorsDCDC

5-color LED

480×272

GT2104-RTBD[Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485]

320×128

GT2103-PMBD [Ethernet, RS-422/485]
GT2103-PMBDS [RS-232, RS-422/485]
GT2103-PMBDS2 [RS-232 × 2 channels]
GT2103-PMBLS [RS-422] 5 V DC type

WVGA

800×480

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD

For the status of conforming to various standards and laws, please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global
website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/ ).

5

GOT2000

GT27 model
Advanced model with multi-touch gesture functions

2
Hardware
A wide variety of specifications suit every system design
Communication interfaces such as
Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485, USB
host/device and SD memory card arestandard features. High capacity dataprocessing ensure smooth screen
operation even when multiple tasks,
such as logging, script, alarm, or
device data transfer, are running.
In addition, image recording, image
playback, video image input, and
RGB output are available*, thus all thefunctions of GOT2000 can be used
on GT27 models. * Excluding GT2705

Item

Specifications

Display

5.7"/8.4"/10.4"/12.1"/15", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

XGA, SVGA, VGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 57 MB (GT2705 has 32 MB)
Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB (GT2705 has 80 MB)

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 2 channels* (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
SD memory card interface

Extensioninterface

CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field, CC-Link,
bus, MELSECNET/H

Side interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

* White model has 1 channel.

With Backup/Restoration function, fear troubles no more!
The programs and parameters of the
programmable controller CPU can bebacked up to the SD memory card
or USB memory device in the GOT.
In case of a CPU failure, users canperform batch operation to restore
the data to the controller.
6

Replace CPU

RestoreGOT2000■ GT27 model external appearance [Standard model: front face/rear face]q Human sensor
The unit automatically detects an operator
approaching the unit and displays the screen.

q* GT2715, GT2712 only

w USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer andtransfer data.
* Standard models: front face only
* White models: rear face onlyw

*1 White models: rear face only
*2 USB keyboard (HID) compatible model onlyr Extension interface
Communication and option units canbe installed.
t Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously connect
to up to four types of industrial devices
from different manufacturers. CC-Link
IE Field Network Basic compatible
devices can also be connected.

2
Hardwaree USB interface: host (USB-A)*1
Transfer project data or read the data(logging data, etc.) to or from the GOT
using the USB memory.
A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode reader*2,
or RFID reader*2 can also be connected.

e

o

r

i
e

t

y RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial devices,barcode readers and serial printers.

yu RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial devices
and barcode readers.

i Side interface
Mount a wireless LAN
communication unit.

uw
o SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data,
including alarms and logging data.

■ GT27 model external appearance [White model: front face]q Human sensor
The unit automatically detects an operator
approaching the unit and displays the screen.

q* GT2712 only

w Flat body
The front flat screen is easy to clean.
(USB interface is on the back.)e White body
The white model portrays a clean image.
w

eWhite model features
GOT is acceptable for use in hazardous locations classified by various safety standards (Class I, Division 2 [the UnitedStates, Canada], ATEX [Europe], KCs [Korea]).
* Supported standards vary depending on the model. For the details, please refer to page 57.

7

GOT2000

GT25 modelHigh performance, cost efficient, mid-range model2
Hardware
A wide variety of specifications suit every system design
Communication interfaces such as
Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485, USB
host/device and SD memory card arestandard features. High capacity dataprocessing ensure smooth screen
operation even when multiple tasks,
such as logging, script, alarm, or
device data transfer, are running.

Item

Specifications

Display

5.7"

Resolution

SVGA, VGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 2 channels*1 (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
SD memory card interface

Extensioninterface*2

CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field, CC-Link,
bus, MELSECNET/H

Side interface*2

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

NEW/8.4"/10.4"/12.1", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors*1 GT2505 and white model have 1 channel.
*2 GT2505 does not have the extension interface and the side interface.

FA Transparent function simplify your debugging work!

8

By connecting a personal computer
to the front USB interface on the
GOT, the GOT acts as a transparent
gateway to enable startup andadjustment of equipment. Users do
not have to bother with opening theelectrical cabinet or changing cableconnections.

There’s no need toopen the electrical cabinet!

GOT2000■ GT25 standard model external appearance [front face/rear face] * Excluding GT2505
q USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer and transfer
data.
* Standard models: front face only
* White models: rear face only

w USB interface: host (USB-A)*1
Transfer project data or read the data(logging data, etc.) to or from the GOT using
the USB memory.
A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode reader*2, orRFID reader*2 can also be connected.

qw*1 GT2505, white models: rear face only
*2 USB keyboard (HID) compatible model onlyier Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously connect to up
to four types of industrial devices from different
manufacturers. CC-Link IE Field Network Basiccompatible devices can also be connected.
t RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial devices, barcode
readers and serial printers.
y RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial devices and barcode
readers.
u Side interface
Mount a wireless LAN communication unit.

Hardwaree Extension interface
Communication and option units can be installed.

2

u
w

r
t
y
q

i SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data, including alarms and logging
data.

■ GT2505 external appearance [front face/rear face]

NEW

t
y

i

q
w
r

■ GT25 white model external appearance [front face]o Simple design
In the same way as the standard model, thestylish and simple design with a linear motif issleek and complements any machine design.

o!0 Flat body
The front flat screen is easy to clean.
(USB interface is on the back.)!0!1!1 White body
The white model portrays a clean image.

White model features
GOT is acceptable for use in hazardous locations classified by various safety standards (Class I, Division 2 [the UnitedStates, Canada], ATEX [Europe], KCs [Korea]).
* Supported standards vary depending on the model. For the details, please refer to page 57.

9GOT2000
For details

NEW

Concept movie

GT25 wide model
GOT2000 widescreen expands your view
Smart silver

2
HardwareCool black

Various interfaces are equippedin a compact body
The stylish design realized with anarrow bezel. The GOT2000 widemodels are available in a choice ofsilver and black.
Two Ethernet ports and the built-insound output interface* equipped as
standard add value to your system.
* A speaker with built-in amplifier is required separately.

Item

Specifications

Display

7"/10.1", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

7": WVGA, 10.1": WXGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 32MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 128MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet (2 ports), RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
Sound output interface ( φ3.5 minijack), SD memory card interface

Extensioninterface
Wireless LAN
communication
unit interface

Ultra high resolution display improves expressivenessUltra high resolution WXGA screen* displays necessary
and sufficient information on one screen. Small characters
can be displayed clearly.

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

About 3.3 times higher resolution displays small characters clearly
VGA* WXGA display on the 10.1 inch model. WVGA display on the 7 inch model.

10* 10.1 inch model

WXGA

GOT2000

Add value to your system with sound notification
The built-in sound output interface makes it easy to
implement the sound notification system (page 59, page94). Not only by displaying the contents of events on thescreen but also by notifying with sound, you can convey thenecessary information to the operators.

Please remove the workpiece.

Sound output device(speaker with built-in amplifier, etc.)

2Information system network(IP address: 192.168.3.**)

Ethernet

Two Ethernet ports physically separate the information
system network in the office from the control system networkat the production site. The network architecture becomessafer and more secure by setting different IP addresses foreach network.

HardwareEnable separation of information and control
system networks

Control system network(IP address: 192.168.5.**)

Ethernet■ GT25 wide model external appearance [front face/rear face]q USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer and transfer
data.
w USB interface: host (USB-A)
Transfer project data or read the data(logging data, etc.) to or from the GOT using theUSB memory. A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode
reader*, or RFID reader* can also be connected.
* USB keyboard (HID) compatible model onlyqe Ethernet interface (2 ports)
Use Ethernet to simultaneously
connect to up to four types ofindustrial devices from different
manufacturers. CC-Link IE Field
Network Basic compatible devices
can also be connected.
r RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices and barcode readers.
t RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices, barcode readers andserial printers.
y Sound output interface(φ3.5 minijack)Output sound by connecting φ3.5
stereo mini-plug (3-prong).

i
u

e

w
r
t
u SD memory card interface

Save large volumes of data,
including alarms and logging data.

yi Wireless LAN communication
unit interface
Mount a wireless LAN
communication unit.
11

GOT2000
For details

GT25 model Open frame model
A new style of GOT2000

2
HardwareGOT complements machine
designInstalling the GOT2000 from the backside of the control panel complements
the machine-design surface.
Using a stainless-look environmental
protection sheet allows the touch panel
to blend into the production machines
for the pharmaceutical and foodindustries.

Item

Specifications

Display

8.4"/10.4"/12.1", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

SVGA, VGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (High-Speed 480 Mbps)
SD memory card interface

Extensioninterface

CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field, CC-Link,
bus, MELSECNET/H

Side interface

For installing a wireless LAN communication unit

IP67F protection
To conform to IP67F, attach an environmental protection sheet.*
GOT can be operated with wet hands, wiped with a damp
cloth, and washed with water.
* Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments.
The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected tosplashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time or soaked in oil mist.

Suitable for pharmaceutical and food industries
Flush surface without any gaps and grooves prevents
dust, dirt, and debris from accumulated on the edge.
12
BeforeAfterGOT2000■ GT25 open frame model external appearance [front face/rear face]r Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously
connect to up to four typesof industrial devices fromdifferent manufacturers.
CC-Link IE Field Network
Basic compatible devices canalso be connected.

q Touch panel
Using an environmental
protection sheet (optionalor prepared by the users) is
required.
w Unit installation fitting
Fittings to install GOT to apanel are included.

qw

y RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices and barcode readers.

eu Side interface
Mount a wireless LAN communication
unit.

i

i SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data, including
alarms and logging data.
o USB interface:device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer andtransfer data.

2
Hardwaret RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices, barcode readers andserial printers.

e Extension interface
Communication and option
units can be installed.

u
r
t

!1
y
o

!0

!0 USB interface: host (USB-A)
Transfer project data or read the data (logging data, etc.) to or from the GOT using
the USB memory. A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode reader*, or RFID reader* canalso be connected.

!1 POWER LED
Check the power supply
status.

*USB keyboard (HID) compatible model only

■ Easy installation
Adjustable to various panels

Designed for safe installation

Dedicated installation fittings

The installation fitting is adjustablefrom 1.5 mm to 4 mm of the control
panel thickness. GOT can adjust
the difference of the control panel
thickness. Vertical installation is alsoavailable.

The edge of the touch panel isprotected to prevent damage to thetouch panel or injury by touching the
sharp edge. It is possible to safely
install the GOT.

Attach appropriate installation fittings(vertical/horizontal) depending on
the installation orientation.
Installation instructions
Environmental
protection sheet*Control panel
surface

GOT

Installation fitting (panel thickness: 1.5 mm
to 4 mm (0.06 inch to 0.16 inch))Stud*

Touch panel
protected by
mold
Designed for safe installation

Unit installation screw*
Unit installation fitting* An environmental protection sheet (optional or preparedby the users), studs and screws (prepared by the users)
are required separately.

13

GOT2000

GT23 model
Unchallenged cost performance2
Hardware
A wide variety of specifications suit every system design
Communication interfaces suchas Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485,
USB host/device and SD memory
card are standard features.
Advanced interactive features suchas data logging, multi‑channel
communication, and FA transparent
function are supported.

Item

Specifications

Display

8.4"/10.4", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

VGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 9 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 9 MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)
SD memory card interface

Use the System Launcher function and quickly check the system status!
A graphical system configuration
diagram indicates module statuses.
When you touch a module theextended function list is shown andyou can carry out maintenance work
efficiently.

14

System configuration diagram

Extended functions menu

Icons show themodule status. You
can check themodule with an error
at a glance.

GOT2000■ GT23 model external appearance [Standard model: front face/rear face]q Simple design
The simple design with a linear motif issleek and complements any machine
design.

q

w Flat body
The front flat screen is easy to clean.
(USB interface is on the back.)2w

r RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices, barcode readers andserial printers.
t RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial
devices and barcode readers.
y USB interface: device (USBMini-B)
Connect to a personal computer
and transfer data.

Hardwareie Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously
connect to up to two types ofindustrial devices from different
manufacturers. CC-Link IE Field
Network Basic compatible devices
can also be connected.

u
y

e
r
t

u USB interface: host (USB-A)
Transfer project data or read the data(logging data, etc.) to or from theGOT using the USB memory.
A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode
reader*, or RFID reader* can also beconnected.

i SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data,
including alarms and logging
data.

* USB keyboard (HID) compatible model only

Easily collect log data and display it in graphs and lists
Use the GOT to collect data from the programmable controller and temperature controllers. The data can be displayedin graphs and lists. It can also be exported to a personal computer for further analysis. The logging data can be saved in
the built-in SRAM even if the power fails.
Programmable controller

Graph display

List display

Temperature controller
Memorycard, etc.

Buffering area
(Memory in GOT)

Analyze memory card data
(CSV or Unicode® text files)
with a personal computer.

15

GOT2000

GT21 model■ GT2104-R
Compact model with exciting possibilities
Widescreen type compact model!
High resolution, 480 × 272 dot display realized in acompact body!

2

Item

Specifications

Hardware

Display

4.3", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

480 × 272 dots

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 9MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB device (USB Mini-B):
1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)
SD memory card interface

Wide screen display fits a lot of data!
The wide model shows a large
amount of information on a 65536
color display.

GT1045-QSBD

GT2104-RTBD

Resolution
Screen size: 4.7 inch

4.7 inch Resolution: 320 × 240
Display color: 256 colors

1.5 times wider
in horizontal
direction

Screen size: 4.3 inch

4.3 inch Resolution: 480 × 272
Display color: 65536 colors■ GT2104-R external appearance [front face/rear face]qwe USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer and transfer
data.
r Ethernet interface
Connect to up to two types of industrial
devices from different manufacturers.
CC-Link IE Field Network Basic compatible
devices can also be connected.
t RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial devices andbarcode readers.
16y RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial devices, barcode
readers and serial printers.

q Simple design
The simple design with a linear motif issleek and complements any machine
design.
w Flat body
The front flat screen is easy to clean.
(USB interface is on the back.)

e
u

r

t

y

u SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data, including alarms and logging data.

GOT2000■ GT2103-PMBD
Small screen, big possibilities
Small, compact, easy to operate!
Ethernet built into a compact body!
The intuitively understandable 5-color backlight offers
choices of backlight color and backlight blink according
to machine operation state.
Item

Specifications

Resolution

320 × 128 dots

Backlight

5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, red)User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 3 MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-422/485
USB device (USB Mini-B):
1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)

Extensioninterface

For installing an SD memory card unit

High-definition LCD

SD memory card unit is avaiilable!

GT2103 is equipped with an easy to see, compact
high-resolution TFT LCD with 32 gray scales.

SD memory cards can be used when the optional SD
memory card unit is attached.

2
Hardware

Display

3.8", monochrome (black/white),
32 shade grayscale TFT LCD display

Same compact
type, butso much clearer!

GT1020
Monochrome(black/white) STN LCD

SD memory card unit

GT2103
Monochrome TFT LCD
with 32 gray scales

GT21-03SDCD
Separate SD memory cardis required.

* Comparison of GT1020 and GT2103-P■ GT2103-PMBD external appearance [rear face]q

q SD memory card unit interface
Connect an optional SD memory card unit andsave data including alarms and logging data.
* Excluding GT2103-PMBLSwew USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect a personal computer and transfer
data.
e RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial devices
and barcode readers.
* Excluding GT2103-PMBDS2r* RS-422 on GT2103-PMBLS (dedicated to FX connection)r Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously connect to up
to two types of industrial devices from different
manufacturers. CC-Link IE Field Network Basiccompatible devices can also be connected.
* GT2103-PMBD only17

GOT2000
For details

NEW

Concept movie

GT21 wide model
Expands possibilities of GT21 models

2
Hardware
Smart silver

Cool black
The highest resolution screen in
the GT21 models, with various
built-in interfaces
The GOT2000 wide models areavailable in a choice of silver andblack. In addition to the high resolution
display, 65536 colors of LCD improves
quality of screen display.
The first GT21 model with the USB
host enables you to connect a USB
mouse and keyboard, or transfer datausing a USB memory.

Item7", TFT color LCD, 65536 colors

Resolution

WVGA

Backlight

White LED

User memory

Memory for storage (ROM): 15MB

Standard
interface

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485
USB host (USB-A) 1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)
USB device (USB Mini-B) 1 channel (Full-Speed 12 Mbps)
SD memory card unit interface

Widescreen displays large amounts of information
High resolution WVGA screen has sufficient display areafor long alarm messages.

18

Specifications

Display

5 times higher resolution greatly increases expressivenessStandard GT1055-Q
QVGA 320 × 240 dots

Wide

GT2107-W

WVGA 800 × 480 dots

GOT2000

Remote monitoring provides wide access to application
Remote monitoring with the VNC server function is now
available on GT21. By remotely connecting to GOT frompersonal computer or tablet, you can operate, monitor
production equipment and connect to system devices.

2

Enhanced graphics

HardwareStandard 16dot HQ Gothic

Outline fonts can now be used on GT21 model.
Antialiasing smoothes out jagged text edges and displays
clear characters, offering improved visibility of screen
display.

Outline Gothic (antialiasing enabled)

Wide

Clear characters improves visibility■ GT21 wide model external appearance [front face/rear face]q USB interface: device (USB Mini-B)
Connect to a personal computer and transfer
data.
w USB interface: host (USB-A)
Transfer project data or read the data (logging
data, etc.) to or from the GOT using the USB
memory. A USB mouse, keyboard, barcode
reader*, or RFID reader* can also be connected.
* USB keyboard (HID) compatible model onlyqe Ethernet interface
Use Ethernet to simultaneously connect to up
to two types of industrial devices from different
manufacturers. CC-Link IE Field Network Basiccompatible devices can also be connected.
r RS-422/485 interface
Connect to various industrial devices andbarcode readers.
t RS-232 interface
Connect to various industrial devices, barcode
readers and serial printers.
y SD memory card interface
Save large volumes of data, including alarms
and logging data.

y

e
w

r
t

19

GT SoftGOT2000

GOT2000 compatible HMI software

2000 Version1

Turn your computer into GOT2000 and connect your office and worksites

3
GT SoftGOT2000

License key(for USB port)

Using GOT functions on a personal computer
GT SoftGOT2000 is the software that has the same
monitoring functions as the GOT2000 Series and isused on personal computers and panel controllers byconnecting to various industrial devices.
* GT SoftGOT2000 is a software included in GT Works3. A separate license key must
be mounted during use.

Programmablecontroller

Programmablecontroller

Robot

Reusing GOT2000 Series project data

Changing resolution flexibly

The project data of GT SoftGOT2000 is created withGT Designer3 in the same way as GOT. By converting
the GOT type to GT SoftGOT2000, the project data for
GOT2000 can be used as is.

The users can select resolutions from a list or can flexibly
specify resolutions to change the screen size depending
on applications.

Specifying resolution(1 dot unit)
X: 640 to 1920 dots
Y: 480 to 1200 dots
GOT

Minimum
480 to 1200 dots

Reuse project data

Selectable resolution
X: 640, 800, 1024, 1280, 1600, 1920 dots
Y: 480, 600, 768, 1280, 1024, 1200 dots
640 to 1920 dots

MaximumInteraction with other applications
Read and write GT SoftGOT2000 internal devices using the user-created applications. In addition, by creating a touch
switch on the GT SoftGOT2000 screen, it is possible to start other applications (such as Microsoft® Excel®) while
monitoring with GT SoftGOT2000. Interaction with user-created applications makes it possible to build advanced
systems.
* For the supported applications, please refer to the GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 manual.

Start user-created application

Read/write internal devices
20

Microsoft® Excel® VBA screen example

GT SoftGOT2000

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

Monitor the production site from a remote location(SoftGOT-GOT link function)

Managing GT SoftGOT2000 modules that use the SoftGOTGOT link function (GT SoftGOT2000 Commander)

GT SoftGOT2000 reads project data from on-site GOT via
Ethernet, and uses the project data to monitor connected
devices. GT SoftGOT2000 can also display different
screens from those on GOT. Since GT SoftGOT2000
displays the GOT screen on the personal computer, theprocessing load on the GOT is reduced.

By using GT SoftGOT2000 Commander, multiple
GT SoftGOT2000 modules using the SoftGOT-GOT
link function can be managed. On GT SoftGOT2000
Commander, you can check the monitoring status of GT
SoftGOT2000 modules, and start or stop monitoring on
the modules.
GT SoftGOT2000 Commander

Monitoring status in a list
Line 1 monitor

Line 2 monitor(module No. 1)
Monitoring the controller
connected to the GOT (station No. 1)(module No. 2)
Monitoring the controller
connected to the GOT (station No. 2)

Worksite
Monitor

3
GT SoftGOT2000

Managestart/stop ofmonitoring

Managestart/stop ofmonitoring

OfficeMonitor(via GOT)
Ethernet

Line 1

Read
project data

Line 2

Greatly reduce time
for screen design
GOT (station No.1)

GOT (station No.2)

The project data can be read from GOT at the worksite so that
there is no need to create the project data for GT SoftGOT2000.

Engage with MELSEC process control to meet various applications
Simplify design and maintenance of a process control system by connecting PX Developer’s monitor tool(standard monitoring screens) with GT SoftGOT2000. This process control monitoring system can be easily used invarious process control applications.
GT SoftGOT2000 and PX Developer monitor tool
PX Developer
monitor toolbar

Monitor tool standard monitoring screens
Monitor screen 1
Monitor screen 2
Call each other

Monitor screen 100

Faceplate screen
Control panel screen
Tuning screen
Trend screen
Alarm list screen
Event list screen

The monitoring screens of GT SoftGOT2000 and thestandard monitoring function of PX Developer can becalled each other, thus greatly reducing time for creatingprocess control screens.
PX Developer monitor tool
(faceplate)21

GOT2000 Solutions

GOT2000 Solutions INDEXSecurityYour Solution

Automation

4

Network

GOT2000 Solutions INDEX

Factory
SystemGOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions• GOT Mobile function• iQ Monozukuri ANDON

24

Upgraded26• SoftGOT-GOT link function

30

NEW

28

• Remote personal computer
operation function (Ethernet)

31• VNC server function

29

GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions• Drive recorder function

34• Power monitor

39• Alarm display function

39• Servo amplifier monitor function

40• Intelligent module monitor function

41• Machine diagnosis function

Upgraded35• Servo amplifier life diagnosis
function

Upgraded36• One-touch tuning function/
Tuning function

Upgraded37• R motion monitor function/
Q motion monitor function

41

38• Motion SFC monitor function

42• System launcher (servo network)
function

NEW

Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features• Sequence program monitor (SFC)
function

22

32

43

• Sequence program monitor (Ladder)/Sequence program monitor (iQ-R ladder)NEWfunction
44

43• FX list editor function & FX laddermonitor function

45• Log viewer function46

GOT2000 Solutions

Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features• Backup/Restoration function

47

47• Network monitor function

51• Alarm function

52• System launcher function

Upgraded48• CC-Link IE Field Network
diagnostics

NEW

49

• FA transparent function50• Device monitor function

51• Document display function

Upgraded

53• GOT diagnostics function

Upgraded54• e-Manual

55

Hardware Features

56• Sound output function

NEW

59

• Compatible with environmental standards 57• Multimedia function

60• Wireless LAN communication unit

• Video/RGB function

61• Ethernet communication unit

58
NEW

58

Security & Additional System Features• Recipe function

Upgraded• Recipe display (record list)• Writing resource data

NEW

62

62

• Operator authentication function

63• Regarding FDA 21 CFR Part 11
support64• Various security functions

65• Operation log function

66

Upgraded

67

NEW

68

• Logging & Graph/List

69• Gesture function

70

Data Handling Features• MES interface function

71
Upgraded• File manager function

71

73• File transfer function

72

Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

74• Multi-channel function/
Device data transfer function74• CC-Link IE Field Network Basiccompatible• Interaction function with inverters

75• iQSS utility function

79• Interaction function with robots

76• Sample screens80• Interaction function with CNCs

GOT2000 Solutions INDEX

56• Enhanced lineup

4

Upgraded

NEW

78

77
23

GOT2000 Solutions

GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

4

Monitor your worksite from a remote location

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

 Can I check the equipment statusfrom a remote location?

Worksite

visiting the worksite?

! Error!

 Can I view manuals and drawings in apersonal computer in my office fromthe worksite?

!

Worksite!
I need to go to
the office to get
a PC toinvestigate theproblem cause.

OfficeGOT offers various remote monitoring and operation functions that can be used for various applications depending on your needs.
The GOT remote solutions increase efficiency in various applications from startup, adjustment, to maintenance using mobile devices
and personal computers. The GOT2000 improves visualization accessibility and reduces total cost of ownership.

■ Comparison of remote maintenance functions
Item

Monitor or operate GOT or connected devices
from a personal computer or tablet
GOT Mobile iQ Monozukuri
function Upgraded ANDON NEW
P.26
P.28

VNC server function
P.29

SoftGOT-GOT link function
P.30

Number of simultaneous connections from clients

 Maximum 5

× Simultaneous connection
prohibited (1 to 1 only) Maximum 7*1

Monitor a different screen on each client× Always monitor the same
screen as on GOT

 *2

Drawing performance







Viewing application

Web browser(Google Chrome, Safari)

VNC viewer(freeware*3)

GT SoftGOT2000(license key required separately)

Required options

License(register on GOT)

License(register on GOT)

License key(attach to PC)

Authorization exclusive control
Screendisplay24

 Can I check the situation without

Supported objects(touch switch, etc.)
Monitoring functions(sequence program monitor, etc.)







 Some functions are different
from GOT Same as GOT

 Same as GOT× Not supported

 Same as GOT× Not supported

Monitor a personal computerfrom GOT
Remote personal computer
operation function (Ethernet)
P.31

License(register on GOT)

*1 When using the GOT network interaction function, multiple clients can be connected simultaneously. Note that restrictions exist depending on the connection type between
GOT and the connected device.
*2 When a GOT internal device is used as the screen switching device, each client can display a different screen.
*3 For the VNC client software that can be used, please refer to the Technical Bulletin GOT-A-0069.

GOT2000 Solutions■ Use GOT remote functions effectively in your worksites¢ Monitor and operate GOT from multiple remote locations
GOT Mobile function

Upgraded 26

SoftGOT-GOT link function

30¢ Implement the ANDON system easily
GOT Mobile function
iQ Monozukuri ANDON

Upgraded 26
NEW

28¢ Monitor and operate GOT using different
screens depending on the information device
GOT Mobile function

Upgraded 26

4¢ Monitor GOT at high speed¢ Create remote monitoring screens without
extra efforts

GOT Mobile function

Upgraded 26

SoftGOT-GOT link function

VNC server function

29

SoftGOT-GOT link function3030¢ Check the data in a PC in your office fromthe worksite¢ Use various monitoring functions remotely(sequence program monitor, etc.)
VNC server function

Remote personal computer
operation function (Ethernet)
29

31

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

Office25

GOT2000 Solutions

Monitor your worksite from aremote location
Support system
operation

Upgraded■ GOT Mobile function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Check the status of the worksite using a web browser.

An erroroccurred.
How do I
deal with it?

Worksite!
Outside of the clean room

What istheproblemcause?

From a remote location

From your office

Other usage

4
GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

What's the
progress?
Anyproblems?

Equipment A
has
an errorPC +largescreenmonitorOn a large screen

Can I check the equipment status from aremote location?

Up to five operators

Monitor production with one PC

Check the equipment status using a web browser on tablets from a remote location. Up
to five information devices can simultaneously access a single GOT so that you can view
and operate a different screen on each device.
* Up to five clients can connect to one GOT at the same time.

Function features
Via GOT at the worksite, connected
devices can be monitored from computers
and tablets in a remote location.
* A separate license (GT25-WEBSKEY) is required.

Simultaneous monitoring fromfive information devices
GOT +

or

Wireless LAN
communication unit*1 *2

Worksite

TabletEthernet

Safe with security and exclusive control
Exclusive control of authorization preventsaccidents that might be caused bysimultaneous operations in the same
network. (GOT network interaction*)Set passwords to control monitoring andoperation. * For the details, please refer to page 30.

Wireless LAN
access point

Personal computer +large screen monitor

Remote location
or office

PersonalcomputerSmartphone

Tablet*1 The wireless LAN communication unit cannot be used with GT2505. An access point is required separately.
*2 For the countries where the unit can be used and other details, please refer to page 58.

Flexibly design screens depending on the device

Easily change screen sizes
Use GT Works3 and easily create screensof different sizes depending on the device* Maximum 2048 x 2048 dots
to use.

Smartphone size

Tablet size

PC size

Full HD size

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Objects, figures, functions that can be used with the GOT Mobile function There are some restrictions on the objects, figures, and functions that can be used on
information devices such as tablets. For the details, please refer to the relevant product manual.
● Precautions for the GOT Mobile function Please refer to the Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0090.
● Safety precautions If the GOT Mobile function is used to perform remote control of control equipment, the field operator may not notice the remote control, possibly
leading to an accident. In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network environment, and remote control of control equipment cannot be
performed normally in some cases. Before using the GOT Mobile function to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the field site and ensure safety.
● Peripheral devices

For the VPN connection and the peripheral devices compatible with other Mitsubishi industrial devices, please contact your local sales office.

Recommended industries
26

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support system
operation

Easy operation of mobile screens

Contribution to safe operation

NEW

When switching screens or changing the browser width on amobile screen, the screen automatically fits the screen width.
You can pinch out/in to zoom in/out the screen and display thearea you want to check smoothly.

NEW

While touching a switch on a mobile screen, if the client loses
communication with GOT, it is possible to forcibly turn off thetouch switch. (Time to Force Mobile Momentary Switch)

ClientON

When changing
display terminal, thescreen fits the width
automatically

The touch switch statuschanges from ON to OFF

Communication
lost

ON

4

OFF

Prevents a switch from remaining
touched when communication islost with the client
Pinch out

Pinch inEasier than ever with the ANDON function

NEW

The ANDON function enables a specific client to connect to
the GOT without the operator name and password-based
authentication. (The authentication screen does not appear.) Mobile
screens are displayed just by powering on the display terminal sothat this feature can be useful for ANDON display systems.

Setting different initial screens for each display terminal

NEW

Setting the initial screen to each client individually makes it
possible to display the alarm information on a smartphone andthe production monitor screen on the ANDON monitor, thus
enabling most appropriate screen to be displayed for each user.

Just power onto display the
initial screen

On-site manager

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

Zoom in/out is easy!

On-site worker
For the details, please refer to the GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions catalog (L(NA)08399ENG)
or the GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions catalog (separate wireless LAN access point version) (L(NA)08416ENG).

27

GOT2000 Solutions

Implement the ANDON systemeasilySupport systemdesignNEW■ iQ Monozukuri ANDON

Support system
operation

GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

The ANDON monitor
displays plans and results(Web browser)

Worksite
The operating
instruction monitor
displays the operation
procedure(Web browser)

4
GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions
28

GOT2000(Web server)

OfficeA tablet displays
equipment alarms(Web browser)

Can I implement the ANDON system at
low cost and visualize the worksite?

A personal computer at theoffice displays production
equipment of the line
(Web browser)

iQ Monozukuri ANDON is a simple ANDON* package that easily enables visualizationof production sites using GOT2000 and a general-purpose web browser. Information
obtained from production equipment is displayed on the monitor for ANDON via
GOT2000, allowing sharing of the production site information to enable visualization.
* ANDON system visualizes information (production status, alarms) that is obtained from production equipment,
sharing the information among site workers, a manager, and a maintenance personnel.

Function feature

System configuration example

If you have equipment that can beconnected to GOT2000, an ANDON
system can be configured easily.
The dedicated setting tool (Contents
Publisher) allows you to set/change thedisplay of ANDON screens even without
programming knowledge for configuring
the ANDON system.

iQ Monozukuri ANDON package*q Contents Publisher
w Project file of the GOT for iQ Monozukuri ANDON (template screens)e GOT Mobile function licenser License for iQ Monozukuri ANDON* Used by transferring to a personal computer, GOT2000 or an SD memory card.
Personal computerfor ANDONHMI/GOT Screen Design Software
MELSOFT GT Works3* iQ Monozukuri ANDON package is required separately.
Monitor for ANDON(Web browser)
Personal computer(OS: Windows®)
Contents Publisher(Create production plan and others)

Wireless LAN
access pointorSwitching hub
GOT2000(GT27, GT25)(Web server)

Wireless LAN
communication
unit *1 *2

Tablet(Web browser)

4GB

For more details, please referto the iQ Monozukuri ANDON
catalog (L(NA)08487ENG).

*1 The wireless LAN communication unit cannot be used with GT2505. An access point is required separately.
*2 For the countries where the unit can be used and other details, please refer to page 58.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Industrial devices

SD memory card

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Operate the GOT from a remote
PC or tablet■ VNC server function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Worksite

OfficeError!

Worksite4

Worksite
OfficeOperate the GOTwith a tablet
terminal

Operate on the GOT

A problem occurred at the worksite in aremote location. Can I check the situation
without visiting the worksite?

You do not need to visit the worksite. Monitor and operate the GOT from a remotelocation, and you can take corrective actions quickly.
* One client can connect to one GOT at the same time.

Function feature
Remotely view and operate the GOT
screen from information devices suchas a personal computer and tablet. No
dedicated screens are required.

WorksiteWorksite

Tablet or mobile
terminal!
OS: Android™
iOS* A separate license (GT25-VNCSKEY) is required.
* Supported by GT2107-W only among GT21 models.
Wireless LAN
access point*1

Same operations as GOT
Utility functions including the sequence
program monitor and the network monitor
are also supported on computers andtablets.
Safe with security and exclusive control
Exclusive control of authorization preventsaccidents that might be caused bysimultaneous operations in the same
network. (GOT network interaction*)Set passwords to control monitoring andoperation. * For the details, please refer to page 30.

OfficeEthernet

Ethernet
Personal computer!
OS: Windows ®

VNC server
function license key
GT25-VNCSKEY*1 No access point is required separately when installing the wireless LAN communication unit on the GOT.
(Access point mode is supported by GT Works3 Ver.1.144A or later)
Note that the wireless LAN communication unit cannot be used with GT2505 and GT2107-W. For the countries
where the unit can be used and other details, please refer to page 58.

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

Outside clean room
Inside clean room

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Applicable VNC client software Please refer to the Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0069.
● Peripheral devices For the VPN connection and the peripheral devices compatible with other Mitsubishi Electric industrial devices, please contact your local sales office.
● Precautions for safe use If the VNC Server function is used to perform remote control of control equipment, the field operator may not notice the remote control, possibly
leading to an accident. In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network environment, and remote control of control equipment cannot be
performed normally in some cases. Before using the above functions to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the field site and ensure safety.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21*

* GT2107-W only. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

29

GOT2000 Solutions

Remote monitoring with SoftGOT
Support system
operation■ SoftGOT-GOT link function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Worksite

Error!

OfficeMonitor the onsite GOT
screen with GT SoftGOT2000

Monitor (Ethernet connection)

Ethernet

4

Project data
OfficeWorksite

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

RCPU/QCPU/LCPUOMRON programmablecontroller

GOT

A problem occurred at the worksite. Can I
check the situation in my office?

Without creating screens for remote monitoring, check the worksite on GT SoftGOT2000
by reading project data from GOT at the worksite.

Function features

GOT network interaction

Read project data from the GOT
connected to GT SoftGOT2000 via
Ethernet, and you can monitor thedevices that are connected to the GOT on
different screens from the one shown on
the GOT.

Displaying an exclusive
control target screen

Displaying an exclusive
control target screen

With operating authority
Input operations enabled

× Input operations
disabled
Tablet* A separate license key (GT27-SGTKEY-U) is required.

Ethernet

Safe with security and exclusive control
Exclusive control of authorization preventsaccidents that might be caused bysimultaneous operations in the same
network. The exclusive control can be
enabled/disabled for each screen. (GOT
network interaction)
Set passwords to the GOT project dataand prevent invalid access.

RCPU/QCPU/LCPU
OMRONprogrammablecontroller

GOT× Input operations
disabled
Displaying an exclusive
control target screen

GOT

RCPU/QCPU/LCPU

Input operations
enabled
Displaying a screen
which is not the exclusive
control target* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Various peripherals RCPU, QCPU, LCPU, OMRON programmable controller● Precautions for safe use If the SoftGOT-GOT link function is used to perform remote control of control equipment, the field operator may not notice the remote control,
possibly leading to an accident. In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network environment, and remote control of control equipment
cannot be performed normally in some cases. Before using the above functions to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the field site and ensure safety.
● Functions that can be used in GT SoftGOT2000
relevant product manual.

Recommended industries
30

In GT SoftGOT2000, some functions available in GOT2000 series cannot be used. For the details, please refer to the

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Operate the PC from a remote GOT
Support system
operation■ Remote personal computer operation function (Ethernet)
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

OfficeOfficeWorksiteWorksite

Operate a personal computer from the GOT!

!

4

How can I view manuals and drawings ina personal computer in my office from theworksite?

On GOT at the worksite, you can operate a personal computer in a remote location andview manuals and drawings in the computer.

Function features
Connect GOT at the worksite to apersonal computer in a remote location
via Ethernet. This allows you to remotely
operate the personal computer and view
manuals and access the web browser on
the computer.
* A separate license (GT25-PCRAKEY) is required.

Worksite

OfficeDisplay personal computer screen

PersonalcomputerscreenConnecting a USB mouse/keyboard to
the front (or rear) USB interface makes it
easier to operate the personal computer.

PersonalcomputerscreenEthernet

Operate mouse/keyboard

USB hub

USB mouse

USB keyboard* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Smart Web-based Remote Solutions

Ethernet● Precautions for safe use If the remote personal computer operation function (Ethernet) is used to perform remote control of control equipment, the field operator may notnotice the remote control, possibly leading to an accident. In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network environment, and remotecontrol of control equipment cannot be performed normally in some cases. Before using the above functions to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the fieldsite and ensure safety.

Recommended industries
Electronics

F&B

Supported GOT types
Plant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

31

GOT2000 Solutions

GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

For the details, please refer tothe GOT2000 Series Drive
Control Interactive Solutions
catalog (L(NA)08335ENG).

4

Designed to suit your application andimprove maintenance
GOT2000 Series Drive Control Interactive Solutions Movie

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions■ Drive control interactive functions, supported models, and GT Works3 versions
Sample: Sample screens available

Dedicated : Dedicated screen available

Drive recorderfunction

GOT

CASE 1NEWGT
SoftGOT*5
GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21 2000

MR-J4-A(-RJ)





×

×

×

×

Machine diagnosis
P.35
Upgradedfunction













P.36













One-touch tuning
P.37
Upgradedfunction













P.37













System launcher(servo network)NEWfunction

P.38





×

×

×

Power monitor

P.39











UpgradedTuning function
Upgraded

MR-JE-A

CASE 2/CASE 3

CASE 2

CASE 4

MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B

MR-JE-B

MR-J4-GF(-RJ)

NEW

Function Sample screen*1/ Function
Sample screen*1/
Function Sample screen*1/ Function Sample screen*1/ Function Sample screen*1/
availability Dedicated screen*2 availability Dedicated screen*2 availability Dedicated screen*2 availability Dedicated screen*2 availability Dedicated screen*2

P.34

Servo amplifier life
diagnosis function: Not applicable ×: Not supported

System configuration

Supported model

Function name: Supported ▲ : Coming soon

×
SampleVer.1.126G or later
SampleVer.1.126G or later
SampleVer.1.126G or later
SampleVer.1.126G or later

×

×





×





×





×





×







SampleVer.1.126G or later



×



DedicatedVer.1.155M or later
SampleVer.1.155M or later
SampleVer.1.155M or later
SampleVer.1.155M or later
SampleVer.1.155M or later
DedicatedVer.1.175H or later
SampleVer.1.155M or later

Alarm display
function

P.39













Servo amplifiermonitor function

P.40





×

×

×



Intelligent module
monitor function*4

P.41





×

×

×

*3

R motion monitor
function*4

P.41





×

×

×



B: Ver.1.117X or later
B-RJ: Ver.1.134Q or later

Q motion monitor
function*4

P.41





×

×

×



B: Ver.1.100E or later
B-RJ: Ver.1.134Q or later

Motion SFC
monitor function*4

P42





×

×

×



SampleVer.1.126G or later
Dedicated

A: Ver.1.100E or later
A-RJ: Ver.1.134Q or later
DedicatedVer.1.100E or later



×



×

×

×

×

×



SampleVer.1.155M or later














DedicatedVer.1.160S or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later

▲

▲



▲



▲



▲



▲



▲



▲

×

DedicatedVer.1.175H or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later
SampleVer.1.150G or later

×

×

×

×

Dedicated××

Ver.1.100E or later

DedicatedVer.1.160S or later

Dedicated

Dedicated

DedicatedVer.1.100E or later*1 The sample screen is the screen data that is included with GT Works3. The version indicates the version of GT Works3 that was used to create the sample screen. (As of October 2017)*2 Indicates the version of GT Works3 that supports the dedicated screen. The dedicated screen is the screen that is provided as the extended function of GOT.
*3 The function can be used by connecting GOT and programmable controller.
*4 The supported version of GT Works3 differs depending on the type of connected device (CPU, intelligent function module).
*5 Supported by GT Works3 Version.1.160S or later. CASE 2 and CASE 3 system configurations are supported. Not usable in other system configurations.

32

GOT2000 Solutions■ System configuration of GOT and servo system integration
System configuration

CASE 1

CASE 2

GOT2000

GOT2000

Serial,Ethernet, etc.

RS-422

Simple Motion module(RD77MS/QD77MS/LD77MS/
FX5-80SSC-S/FX5-40SSC-S)

Servo
amplifierMR-J4-A(-RJ)
MR-JE-A

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-JE-B

4

Pulse train■ System configuration features■ System configuration features• Command interface: pulse train• Control mode: positioning control• Program: sequence program (ladder)• Max. number of control axes: 1/2/4/8 axes

• Command interface: SSCNET III/H• Control mode: positioning control, synchronous
control, speed control, torque control, tightening &press-fit control, cam control• Program: sequence program (ladder)• Max. number of control axes: 2/4/8/16 axes

System configuration

CASE 3

GOT2000

System configurationNEW

CASE 4

GOT2000

Serial,Ethernet, etc.

Serial,Ethernet, etc.

Motion controller(R64MTCPU/R32MTCPU/R16MTCPU/
Q17nDSCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1))

CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/
master or local station module(RD77GF/QD77GF/RnENCPU/RJ71EN71/
RJ71GF11-T2/QJ71GF11-T2/LJ71GF11-T2)

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-GF(-RJ)■ System configuration features■ System configuration features• Command interface: SSCNET III/H• Control mode: positioning control, synchronous
control, speed control, torque control, tightening &press-fit control, cam control• Program: motion program (SFC)• Max. number of control axes: 16/32/64 axes

• Command interface: CC-Link IE Field Network• Control mode: positioning control, synchronous
control, speed control, torque control, cam control• Program: sequence program (ladder)• Max. number of control axes: 4/8/16 axes

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Programmablecontroller
MELSEC iQ-R
MELSEC iQ-F
MELSEC-Q
MELSEC-L
MELSEC-F+
Positioning
moduleSystem configuration

33

GOT2000 Solutions

Check the servo amplifier dataon GOT when an alarm occurs
Supportmaintenancework■ Drive recorder function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GOT2000!

4

I need to go to
the office to get a
PC to investigate
the problem
cause.

Drive recorder information list screen

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Graph waveform screen
Check graph waveformfrom the alarm list!

In case of a system failure, is there asimple and quick way to check the
problem cause?

Servo data such as motor current and position command before and after the alarm
occurrence can be read from the servo amplifier and displayed in a waveform or a list
form.

Function features
GOT can be used to display the screen
equivalent to the drive recorder of MR
Configurator2.
Easily check the servo data (motor
current, position command, etc.) on GOT
without using a personal computer. The
servo data can be stored on the GOT’s
SD memory card or USB memory.
After obtaining the servo data, you cansend it to an office in a remote locationand quickly solve the problem.

Worksite

Office4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

MR Configurator2

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B

Remote office

MR Configurator2* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B), MELSERVO-JE Series (MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
● How to obtain sample screens The switch to start the drive recorder function has been added to the sample screen. Sample screens are included with GT Works3.
For the details, please contact your local sales office. The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
34

PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support servo system maintenanceSupportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ Machine diagnosis function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GOT2000
Motion controller!
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-£B(-RJ)

4

Ball screw

How can I predict deterioration of amachine if it has excessive load and isfrequently accelerated?

Servo motor

Without using a personal computer, you can predict the deterioration of the machine foreasy preventive maintenance.

Function features

NEW

GOT displays the machine diagnosis screenthat is equivalent to the maintenancefunctions of MR Configurator2.
You can easily check the machinediagnosis information of servo amplifierson the GOT without a personal computer.

By switching the axis number,
multiple axes can be maintainedon the same screen.

Failure prediction function

Save estimation values to a fileand compare the values tocheck the deterioration of themachine.

NEW

When connecting to MR-J4-GF(-RJ),
the servo amplifier detects and notifies
deterioration of drive components.
By grasping the failure prediction
information of the production line andperforming maintenance at appropriate
time, operation rate of the whole production
line can be increased.

Machine diagnosis screen*
GOT displays estimation values (machine friction, torque vibration, etc.) that are collectedby the machine diagnosis function of the servo amplifier. When any of the estimation
values exceed the threshold values that are set on the GOT, the numerical value display
area turns red.
* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ), MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B, MR-J4-GF(-RJ)), MELSERVO-JE Series (MR-JE-A, MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Direct connection with a servo amplifier, connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module, connection via CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/master or local station module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

GOT displays the estimation value
collected by the machine diagnosis
function of the servo amplifier.

● Machine diagnosis Friction estimation requires acceleration and deceleration of machine operation speed. When performing speed control or torque control, the speed isalways kept constant so that friction estimation may not be performed. For the details, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Drive Control Interactive Solutions catalog (L(NA)08335ENG).
● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later, MR-JE-B: Ver.1.150G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

35

GOT2000 Solutions

Support servo system maintenanceSupportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ Servo amplifier life diagnosis function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

4
GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Periodic check
Check the smoothing capacitor energization timeor the inrush relay on/off times at a glance

A problem occurred at the worksite. Can I
check the situation in my office?

Without creating screens for remote monitoring, check the worksite on GT SoftGOT2000
by reading project data from GOT at the worksite.

Function features

NEW

By switching the axis number,
multiple axes can be maintainedon the same screen.

GOT displays the amplifier life
diagnosis screen that is equivalent
to the maintenance functions of MR
Configurator2.
You can easily check the internal data ofservo amplifiers on the GOT without apersonal computer.

Amplifier life diagnosis screen*
Check cumulative operation time, on/off counts of inrush relay on GOT. In addition,
replacement timing of servo amplifier components (capacitor, relay) can be displayed on
the GOT.
* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ), MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B, MR-J4-GF(-RJ)), MELSERVO-JE Series (MR-JE-A, MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Direct connection with a servo amplifier, connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module, connection via CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/master or local station module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later, MR-JE-B: Ver.1.150G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
36

PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, adjustment
of servo systems
Support systemstartup/adjustment

Upgraded■ One-touch tuning function/Tuning function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

NEW

By switching the axis number,
multiple axes can be adjusted
on the same screen.

GOT2000

Simple Motion module

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-£B(-RJ)

GOT can be used to adjust gains of servo amplifiers. Since the adjustment can be
performed in parallel with other setup work, you can efficiently set up the system.

Function features
GOT displays the tuning screens that areequivalent to the adjustment functions of
MR Configurator2.
You can easily adjust gain parametersof servo amplifiers on the GOT without apersonal computer.

One-touch tuning screen*

Tuning screen*

Just a single touch on the switch on the
GOT screen. You can check tuning results
such as settling time and overshootamount.

To obtain higher performance, you canperform fine tuning of gain parameters in
the tuning screen.
* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.

* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ), MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B, MR-J4-GF(-RJ)), MELSERVO-JE Series (MR-JE-A, MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Direct connection with a servo amplifier, connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module, connection via CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/master or local station module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

It’s difficult to determine an optimum
gain when setting up the device. It’sbothersome to connect a personal
computer every time I adjust a gain.

4● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later, MR-JE-B: Ver.1.150G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

37

GOT2000 Solutions

Graphically monitor servo
systems
Supportmaintenance
work

NEW

■ System launcher (servo network) function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

System configuration diagram
Select motion controller CPU or
Simple Motion module

I want to checkthe servo systemat the worksite
quickly.

Servo network configuration diagram

4
GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Select system launcher (servo network)from the function list

Output the servo system network
configuration to a text file

How can I check the status of servo
systems on GOT?

Function features

A graphical configuration diagram indicates the status of servo amplifier.

Start various functions from the system launcher (servo network diagram)

GOT generates the servo network
configuration diagram for the number ofused axes so that the servo system canbe checked in a graphical screen. By
starting the drive recorder from the servo
network configuration diagram, you canquickly identify the error cause and solve
the problem.

Select servo amplifier

Where the error
occurred is visible
and easy to check

Select a function from thecontext menu

System configuration
display
Displays the model nameand the serial number ofservo amplifiers or motors.

Alarm display
Displays currently occurring
errors in the servo amplifier.

Drive recorder graphwaveform
Waveforms can be analyzed
from the drive recorderinformation list screen.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B)● Supported connection types*1 Connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
● Extended functions that can be started from the system launcher (servo network)

Recommended industries
38

System launcher, drive recorderSupported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, maintenance,and cost reduction
Supportmaintenancework■ Power monitor
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

I just need tocheck power
consumption. It’sbothersome toconnect a personal
computer.

Calculation data

Servo amplifier
MR-J4-£B(-RJ)

Servo motor

To manage specific consumption and observe demand,
power consumption should be checked easily.

Calculate power consumption on
servo amplifierPowersupplyDriving power
energyServo
motor
Regenerative
energy

Display power consumption andtotal power consumption on HMI

GOT can be used to check (visualize) power consumption and total power consumption
without using measuring equipment such as a power meter or a personal computer.

MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ), MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B, MR-J4-GF(-RJ)), MELSERVO-JE Series (MR-JE-A, MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Direct connection with a servo amplifier, connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module, connection via CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/master or local station module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
● Target models● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later, MR-JE-B: Ver.1.150G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

■ Alarm display function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Alarm display

Document display* Not supported by GT23, GT21.

What this alarm
number indicates?
Touch here to display thedetail information

How can I easily identify the problem
cause when an alarm occurs on a
servo amplifier?

Check the details of the alarm

Without opening a cabinet, current alarms, alarm history, and the detail information can
be checked on GOT. Use the document display function* to display the servo amplifier
user’s manual and quickly check troubleshooting procedures on the GOT.
* Not supported by GT23, GT21.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ), MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B, MR-J4-GF(-RJ)), MELSERVO-J3 Series, MELSERVO-JE Series(MR-JE-A, MR-JE-B)● Supported connection types*1 Direct connection with a servo amplifier, connection via motion controller/Simple Motion module, connection via CC-Link IE Field Network
Simple Motion module/master or local station module*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Specification details and restrictions

4● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J4-B(-RJ), MR-J4W2-B, MR-J4W3-B: Ver.1.155M or later, MR-J3-A: Ver.1.128J or later, MR-JE-B: Ver.1.150G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

39

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, adjustment
of servo systems
Support systemstartup/adjustment■ Servo amplifier monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GOT2000
Servo amplifier
MR-J4-A(-RJ)

RS-422

4
GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Dedicated screens, sample screens
are available!

It’s bothersome
to design setting
screen fromscratch...

How can I check the status of servo
amplifier easily?

In a system which outputs pulse trains, the GOT can be connected to a servo amplifier
in a serial connection to perform the following operations: set up, monitoring, alarm
display, diagnosis, parameter setting, and test operations.

Function features
Various monitoring functions, changes
to the parameter settings, and test
operations can be performed on the
servo amplifier connected to the GOT.

Dedicated screens

Sample screens (VGA)

Without creating screens, parameters canbe monitored and written from dedicatedscreens.

Various sample screens such as
monitoring, parameter settings, test
operations are available and they are all
customizable.

Specification details and restrictions● Target models MELSERVO-J4 Series (MR-J4-A(-RJ)), MELSERVO-J3 Series (MR-J3-A), MELSERVO-J2-Super Series (MR-J2S-A, MR-J2S-CP), MELSERVOJ2M Series (MR-J2M-P8A)* Supported functions of the servo amplifier monitor vary depending on the servo amplifier model.
● Supported connection types Direct connection with a servo amplifier● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
MR-J4-A(-RJ): Ver.1.126G or later, MR-J3-A: Ver.1.128J or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
40

PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, maintenanceof servo systems
Supportmaintenancework■ Intelligent module monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?
Programmable controller

Servo amplifier

Positioning
moduleIntelligent module monitor
RD75D4 monitor screen (example)

Servo motor

4

USB connection
Operation panel

How can I debug positioning systems
efficiently?

You can debug positioning systems efficiently by displaying the data such as the status,
parameters, and the I/O information of positioning module axes on GOT while monitoring
positioning sequence programs on a personal computer simultaneously.
* For the details of supported devices and connection types, please refer to the relevant product manual.

Recommended industries
Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

■ R motion monitor function/Q motion monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?
Programmable controller

R motion monitor screen

Q motion monitor screen

Servo amplifier
Motioncontroller
Servo motor

Can I check and change servo
parameters of a motion controller easily?

In a dedicated screen on GOT, it is possible to monitor and set parameters of motion
controllers that are mounted on the same base unit.

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Can I checkthe programs andthe status of apositioning module
at the same time?

GX Works3
ladder monitor screen(example)* For the details of supported devices and connection types, please refer to the relevant product manual.

Recommended industries
Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

41

GOT2000 Solutions

Support debug of SFC programs
Supportmaintenancework■ Motion SFC monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Program tabs
Touch a tab to display
the program.
Cannot doanything
without a PC?

4

Step/transition
The active step is highlighted.
Touch the step to display thedetail program window. The
SFC diagram scrolls
automatically along with theprogress of active steps.

GOT2000 Solutions - GOT Easy Drive Control Interactive Solutions

Detail program window
Displays the program and thepresent value of the calculation
control step/transition.

How can I check motion SFC programs
without a personal computer?

GOT can monitor motion SFC programs in the motion controller CPU (Q series) anddisplay them in the SFC diagram format.

Function features
GOT can be used to monitor motion
SFC programs and device values of amotion controller CPU (Q Series) whichis connected to the GOT. Viewing the
program batch monitor or active step list
enables you to check the complete status
at a glance.

Program batch monitor

Active step list
* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models Motion controller CPU (Q Series) *1*2
*1 Use the following production number motion controller CPU when using the Q172CPU or Q173CPU.
• Bus connection, direct CPU connection
Q172CPU: production number K******* or later Q173CPU: production number J******* or later• Other than bus connection, direct CPU connection
Q172CPU: production number N******* or later Q173CPU: production number M******* or later*2 Operating system software packages for motion controller CPU (Q Series) should be SV13 or SV22.
Use a motion control CPU with the following OS installed when using the Q172CPU, Q173CPU, Q172CPUN, or Q173CPUN.
• SW6RN-SV13Q: 00H or later (00E or later for using the Q172CPU or Q173CPU with the bus connection or direct CPU connection)• SW6RN-SV22Q: 00H or later (00E or later for using the Q172CPU or Q173CPU in the bus connection or direct CPU connection)● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection, CC-Link
connection, bus connection, MELSECNET connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the motion SFC monitor function cannot be used.

Recommended industries
Automotive
42

Plant

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support debug of SFC programs
Supportmaintenancework■ Sequence program monitor (SFC) function
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!

Block tabs
Touch a tab to display the block.

Displayed by steps
The active step is highlighted.
Touch the step to display the zoom
window or SFC diagram of the relevant
block. The SFC diagram scrolls
automatically along with the progressof active steps.

4

How can I debug SFC programs withouta personal computer?

GOT can monitor SFC programs of the PLC CPU and display the programs in the SFC
diagram format (MELSAP3 or MELSAP-L format).

Function features
With the sequence program monitor(SFC), the GOT can monitor SFC
programs of controllers, and changing
device values of the programs is available.
The function can be used to solve
problems and maintain programmablecontroller systems that use SFC
programs.
Step list

Active step list

GOT displays steps in thedisplayed block.

GOT displays active steps in thedisplayed block.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models QCPU (Q mode), LCPU
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection*3, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection, CC-Link IE
Field Network connection, CC-Link connection, bus connection, MELSECNET connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the sequence program monitor (SFC) function cannot be used.
*3 When the Q12PRHCPU or Q25PRHCPU is used, the sequence program monitor (SFC) function cannot be used.

Recommended industries
Automotive

Plant

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features

Transition condition
Touching a transition condition
displays a window for turning on or
off a bit device.

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

43

GOT2000 Solutions

Support RCPU, QCPU, LCPU maintenanceNEW■ Sequence program monitor (Ladder)/Sequence program monitor (iQ-R ladder) function

Supportmaintenancework

GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Ladder monitor screen

Worksite

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features

If only I could add
a contact and acoil to debug
the program...

Factor search screen

How can I debug and edit ladderprograms without a personal computer?

Function features
GOT can monitor and edit a sequence
program in a controller in the ladderformat, and also can change current
values of devices.

When an error occurs, monitor the ladder program and identify the cause of error. Thereis no need for a personal computer on the production floor. Just touch the GOT screenand easily edit the ladder program to make simple changes.

Image of ladder editor

Display device comments
The data stored in RCPU NEW , QCPU, and LCPU, or
the data in an SD memory card of GOT can be displayed.
Edit

Sequence program monitor (Ladder monitor)

Enter ladder program

X20

Sequence programs of RCPU,
QCPU, and LCPU can be monitored in theladder format.
NEW

Insert row

Delete row

Insert column

Delete column

Change the device number from X10 to X20.

Ladder editor
Sequence programs of RCPU NEW , QCPU, and LCPU can be edited in the ladder format. Just touch the position where you wantto edit (contact, vertical line, etc.) and enter, change, or delete the ladder symbol or device. Vertical lines, horizontal lines, columns, androws can be inserted or deleted.
* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU*1, QCPU (Q mode)*2, LCPU, motion controller CPU (Q Series)*3, CNC C70*1 R08PCPU, R16PCPU, R32PCPU, and R120PCPU can be monitored only when the operation mode is the process mode. R08SFCPU, R16SFCPU, R32SFCPU, and R120SFCPU
are not supported by the safety program edit and the device test of programmable controller CPUs.
*2 Excluding the Q02PHCPU, Q06PHCPU, Q12PHCPU, Q25PHCPU, Q12PRHCPU, Q25PRHCPU.
*3 Only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) in the Q170MCPU(-S1), Q170MSCPU(-S1) can be monitored.
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection,
CC-Link IE Field Network connection, CC-Link connection, bus connection, MELSECNET connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the ladder editor cannot be used.

Recommended industries
Automotive
44

Ladder editor screen

Electronics

Supported GOT types
Plant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support FXCPU maintenanceSupportmaintenancework■ FX list editor function & FX ladder monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

FX ladder monitor screen
WorksiteWorksite

Programs can be changed
at the worksite!

4

The system has been changed at theworksite. I need to change sequence
programs of the MELSEC-F Series
programmable controller.

Sequence programs of the MELSEC-F Series programmable controllers can be edited
in the list (command) format. Minor program changes can be applied even without apersonal computer or a peripheral device.

Function features
You can easily edit and monitor sequence
programs without preparing any
peripheral devices other than the GOT.
FX list editor
Just by simple key operations you can check,partially correct, change, or add parametersor sequence programs of an FXCPU.
* Supported by GT2104-R only among GT21.
* Not supported by GT25 wide models.

Example of changing sequence program commands
LD
OUT
LD

X000
Y020
X001

Change

LD
OUT
LD

X000
Y030
X001

FX ladder monitor
The MELSEC-FX list editor can be opened from the FX ladder monitor screen with a single
touch operation. You can edit sequence programs while checking the ladder diagram.
You can also display the list screen from the step line displayed in the ladder monitor.
* Not supported by GT23, GT21.

Specification details and restrictions<FX list editor>● Target models FXCPU (excluding FX5U, FX5UC)● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the“Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the FX list
editor cannot be used.
● Functions Writing sequence programs, setting parameters, PLC diagnostics,
registering keywords, etc.

Recommended industries
Electronics

F&B<FX ladder monitor>● Target models FXCPU (FX3U, FX3UC only)● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the“Connectable model list” (page 126).
● Functions Search operation, display switching, test operation*2*3, hard copy
*2 Present values of V and Z cannot be changed.
*3 Set values of T and C cannot be changed.

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features

FX list editor screen

Supported devices

GT27

GT25*

GT23*

GT21*

* Excluding some models or restrictions apply tosome functions. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

45

GOT2000 Solutions

Visually check logging data
Support system
operation■ Log viewer function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Red cursor

Blue cursor

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Sophisticated Programmable Controller Interactive Features

How can I check the logging datacollected by programmable controllers
without opening a cabinet?
Function features
GOT displays the logging data collected by
the data logging function of programmablecontroller CPUs or other modules.

View and analyze
logging data

Quick check of data by multiple cursors

Logging data can be easily changed
FA transparent function (page 50) enables you
to view the logging data with GX LogViewer
on a personal computer and to change
logging settings with CPU Module Logging
Configuration Tool.

Save logging
data

Display logging
data on GOT

Ethernet

Multiple cursors make it easier to visuallycheck how the data has changed. You
can search for the data by specifying thetime and index No.

Loggingdata

RCPU/QnUDVCPU/CNC

Logging
data

LCPU

LoggingdataHigh speed data logger module

Logging data can be obtained without opening a cabinet
The logging data can be copied to a USB memory device attached to a USB interface
on the front (or the backside) of the GOT. It reduces the need to remove a memory cardfrom a CPU or high speed data logger module to retrieve the logging data.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU*1, QCPU*2, LCPU*3, high speed data logger module (MELSEC iQ-R Series/Q Series), BOX data logger, CNC (C80, C70)
*1 Excluding the R08SFCPU, R16SFCPU, R32SFCPU, R120SFCPU, R08PCPU, R16PCPU, R32PCPU, R120PCPU.
*2 Supported by 03UDVCPU, Q04UDVCPU, Q06UDVCPU, Q13UDVCPU, Q26UDVCPU only.
*3 Excluding L02SCPU, L02SCPU-P.
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 R04CPU, R08CPU, R16CPU, R32CPU, R120CPU, QCPU, and LCPU are supported via the built-in Ethernet port; R04ENCPU, R08ENCPU, R16ENCPU, R32ENCPU, andR120ENCPU are supported via the port CPU P1.

Recommended industries
46

GOT displays the logging data, which achieves quick troubleshooting without using apersonal computer at the worksite.

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

In case of PLC error
Supportmaintenancework■ Backup/Restoration function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Replace CPU
WorksiteWorksite

4

RestoreOfficeProgrammable controller error! The
battery is dead! I need to go to thewarehouse to get another device and apersonal computer to write programs.

There is no need for a personal computer on the production floor. Simply use the GOT
to write sequence programs to the controller and you can quickly recover the problem.

Back up multiple controllers/
Automatic backup

Function features
Backup or restore the programs andparameters of programmable controller
CPUs or other devices to or from the
GOT’s SD memory card or USB memory.
With a backup of data in the GOT, there’s
no need to use a personal computerwhen replacing the industrial devices
such as the programmable controller
CPU. All replacement and restoration canbe completed with just the GOT.

Back upmultiple
controllers

Ethernet

Besides making backup of multiple
controllers connected on Ethernet, you
can specify a trigger device, a day of theweek, and time for automatic backup to
reduce the time needed to back up eachcontroller separately.
* Not supported by GT21.

CC-Link IE
Field
Network* Excluding GT2103-PMBLS

InverterServoamplifier* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU (R04CPU, R08CPU, R16CPU, R32CPU, R120CPU only)*1, QCPU (Q mode) (excluding Q12PRHCPU, Q25PRHCPU), LCPU, FXCPU (excluding FX5U,
FX5UC), motion controller CPU (MELSEC iQ-R Series/Q Series (SV13/SV22 only))*1, robot controller*1 (FR Series (CR800-R (R16RTCPU), CR800-D), F Series (CR750-Q (Q172DRCPU),
CR751-Q (Q172DRCPU), CR750-D, CR751-D), SQ Series CRnQ-700 (Q172DRCPU), SD Series CRnD-700), CNC (C80, C70)*1, inverter (FREQROL-A800/A800Plus/F800 Series)*1*2,
servo amplifier (MR‑J4‑GF)*1*2*1 Not supported by GT21.
*2 Supported only when the GOT and the programmable controller (RCPU) are connected via Ethernet and the programmable controller (RCPU) and the inverter/servo amplifier
are connected via the CC-Link IE Field Network.
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection, CC-Link IE Field Network connection*3, serial communication connection, bus connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the Backup/Restoration function cannot be used.
*3 The connection type between the programmable controller and the inverter/servo amplifier.
● Target data

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

Warehouse

Programs, parameters, device comments, device initial values, file registers, etc.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21*

* Excluding some models or restrictions apply tosome functions. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

47

GOT2000 Solutions

Check the PLC module status
Supportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ System launcher function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

System configuration diagram

Icons show the module status.
You can check the module withan error at a glance.

Extended function list screen
You can start the extended functions
that are supported by the module.

4

Programmable controller CPU

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics FeaturesNEW

Can I check the status of the
programmable controller system withouta personal computer?

* See details
on page 38

A graphical configuration diagram indicates module statuses. When you touch a module
the extended function list is shown and you can carry out maintenance work efficiently.

Function features
The programmable controller system caneasily be checked on GOT without apersonal computer at the worksite.
Starting extended function quickly
When you touch a module in the system
configuration diagram, the list of extended
functions available to the module is shown.
NEW* See details on page 38

Example of system launcher (servo network)

Online module change function
GOT can direct a programmable controller to execute the online module change.
(The applicable modules are listed below in this page.)Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU, QCPU (Q mode), LCPU, motion controller CPU (MELSEC iQ-R Series/Q Series), CNC (C80, C70), robot controller (FR Series CR800-R (R16RTCPU),F Series (CR750-Q (Q172DRCPU), CR751-Q (Q172DRCPU)), SQ Series CRnQ-700 (Q172DRCPU))● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection,
CC-Link IE Field Network connection, CC-Link connection, bus connection, MELSECNET connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 When the CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module is used, the system launcher function cannot be used.
● Extended functions that can be started from the system launcher Device monitor, sequence program monitor (Ladder), sequence program monitor (iQ-R ladder),sequence program monitor (SFC), network monitor, R motion monitor, Q motion monitor, intelligent module monitor, backup/restoration*1, motion SFC monitor, CNC monitor 2, CNC
monitor, CNC data I/O, CNC machining program edit, iQSS utility, CC-Link IE Field Network diagnostics, drive recorder, system launcher (servo network)*1 The CPU number setting is not transferred. Only the channel of the connected controller is in its selected state.
● Modules applicable to online module change

QCPU (Q mode) input/output/I/O module, analog input/output module, temperature input/temperature control module

Recommended industries
48

Motion controller

Select module

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Graphically monitor the network
statusSupportmaintenance
work

NEW

■ CC-Link IE Field Network diagnostics
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

STOP!
Ethernet

CC-Link IE Field Diagnostics screen

4

A problem occurred but it might taketime to solve it in the large scale system.

Even in a large scale system that has a complex network configuration, the network
status can be checked graphically so that line troubles and module errors can be
identified quickly.

Function features

Checking event history

GOT can be used to check the devices in
the CC-Link IE Field Network and identify
the error in the network at a glance. If a
problem occurs, you can quickly check
where the error occurs and reduce
downtime.

This window displays the history of
network events and the event details. The
event history can be output to a CSV fileand used for trouble analysis in your office.
* Not available when the connection destination is an
RCPU, FX5UCPU, or FX5UCCPU.

Checking communication status ofmodules
The communication status can be checked
for modules that are selected in the CC-Link
IE Field Diagnostics screen. MAC address
and IP address can also be checked.

Network event history window

Communication status monitor window

Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU, QCPU (Q mode), LCPU, FX5UCPU, FX5UCCPU● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection*3, serial communication connection*4*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 Connection to the Ethernet interface module of a programmable controller is not supported.
*3 RCPU, FX5UCPU, and FX5UCCPU do not support direct CPU connection.
*4 FX5UCPU and FX5UCCPU do not support serial communication connection.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

Where the error
occurred is visible andeasy to check

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

49

GOT2000 Solutions

Easy debugging
Support systemstartup/adjustment■ FA transparent function
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!

It’s bothersome to open the cabinet every
time I setup or adjust the device. For thesafety reason, I don’t want to open thecabinet and change cable connections.

Without opening the cabinet and by only connecting a personal computer to the front
USB interface on the GOT, you can use the GOT as a transparent gateway to enable
programming, startup, and adjustment of industrial devices.

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

Function features
By connecting a personal computer to the front
USB interface on the GOT, you can use the GOT
as a transparent gateway to enable programming,
startup, and adjustment of industrial devices.
Users do not have to bother with opening thecabinet or changing cable connections.

Ethernet
Direct CPU
connection

RS-485* This feature does not apply to GOT connected to theCPU’s built-in Ethernet port. (Excluding QnUDVCPU)* Not supported by GT21.

Ethernet
CC-Link IE etc.
Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller

Mitsubishi Electric inverter*5

Ethernet
Direct CPU
connectionBus

SSCNET III/H

Project data
Worksite

OfficeMitsubishi Electric
motion controller

Mitsubishi Electric
servo amplifier*5*1 Not supported by GT2505, GT23, GT21.
*2 Installation of the wireless LAN communication unit (GT25-WLAN) is required on the GOT.
*3 For the countries where the wireless LAN communication unit can be used and other details, please refer to page 58.
*4 Not supported by GT2505, GT23, and GT21 when the GOT is connected to controllers via Ethernet connection.
*5 GT21 does not support connection to Mitsubishi Electric inverters and servo amplifiers.

Specification details and restrictions● Supported devices, connection types, and compatible software

Recommended industries
50

USB
Ethernet*4
Wireless LAN*1*2*3*4

Transferring data via a programmable controller
Transfer data from a personal computer
to the GOT2000 with a programmablecontroller acting as a gateway. Changing
project data during startup or
maintenance is now easier than ever.

Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller

Ethernet
CC-Link IE
Bus etc.

Personal computer for
programming and setup software

For the details, please refer to the relevant product manual.

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25*

GT23*

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Check status of industrial devices
Supportmaintenancework■ Device monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Batch monitor

Entry monitor

I cannot doanything
without a PC...

4
How can I check the status of industrial
devices without a personal computer?

BM (buffer memory) monitor

GOT can be used to monitor or change device values of programmable controllers,motion controllers, robot controllers, or CNCs. The function is useful for starting up
devices.
* For the details of supported devices and connection types, please refer to the relevant product manual.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

■ Network monitor function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Network monitor

Cannot doanything
without a PC?

Can I check the network status without apersonal computer?

Communication status monitor

The network monitor function enables the GOT to monitor and display the status of the
CC-Link IE Controller Network, CC-Link IE Field Network, MELSECNET/H network, and
MELSECNET/10 network.
* For the details of supported devices and connection types, please refer to the relevant product manual.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

T/C (timer, counter) monitor

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

51

GOT2000 Solutions

Easily identify the cause of alarms
Supportmaintenancework■ Alarm function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

User alarm
Step 1

WorksiteLine “A” stops

Line A

Step 2

Device “A” error
Step 3

Tank 1 out of material
Step 4

TroubleshootingLine A!

Error!

Line B

4Line B

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

WorksiteAn error occurred! How can I identify thelocation and quickly recover the problem?

Alarms are displayed with a station No. and CPU No. in the list grouped by system orlevel. It helps you to identify the location where the error occurred in a large system,
leading to quick troubleshooting.

Function features

Backup of alarm logs during power failure[System alarm/User alarm]

GOT displays communication errors(system alarms) of controllers and usercreated alarms (user alarms).

* Not supported by GT21.

Easily identify the cause of alarms[System alarm]
System alarms are displayed withadditional information such as channel
No., network No., station No., CPU No.,
screen No., and object ID. It helps you to
identify the controller in which the error
occurred and the cause of the alarm.

Interaction of user alarm and historical trend graph
Select an alarm from the list, and press the[Specified Jump] button

Display the graph recorded when the alarm
occurred

Display the alarm of the specified time

Locate a cursor at the position of theerror found in the graph, and press the[Specified Jump] button* Not supported by GT21.

Alarms grouped by system or level[User alarm]
Alarms are displayed in the list groupedby system or level or all alarms are
displayed in one list. You can easily checkthe detailed information of multiple alarms
even in a large system, leading to quick
troubleshooting.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Recommended industries
52

Alarm log data can be saved to a built-in
SRAM even when the power supply has failed.

Interaction with other functions [User alarm]
Use of the alarm function combined withthe logging and graph helps you to checkthe status when the alarm occurred andthe status of the error found in the graph.

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Quick troubleshooting at worksite
Supportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ Document display function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

! Error!

Save manuals, check sheets,
etc. in SD memory card

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Error
B110

Insert SD memory card to GOT

4

Error
B110?

GOT displays manuals or check sheets with instructions on how to restore the system,
which reduces the downtime.

Function features
GOT displays various kinds of documents
such as manuals. You can switch
between pages, scroll, and zoom in/out apage for smooth viewing. Entering a page
number easily displays the specified page
among multiple pages in the manual.

ID: 1
ManualSwitchID: 2Error No.
list

Indirect specification of document ID
or page number

SwitchYou can switch displayed documents
on one screen just by changing the
document ID or the page number with
objects such as touch switch or numericalinput.
Viewing PDF files directly

ID: 3
Troubleshooting
SwitchNEW

PDF files can be viewed directly on GOT.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Supported file formats PDF file, DocumentConverter output file*1 (doc, xls, ppt, pdf, jpg, bmp)
*1 Documents should be converted using DocumentConverter that is included with GT Works3.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

How can I recover from errors?

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

53

GOT2000 Solutions

Quick troubleshooting from your office
Supportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ GOT diagnostics function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Worksite

OfficeWorksite

EthernetUSB

Error is occurring

Check the error and corrective
actions at your office!
GT Works3

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

OfficeI need to go andcheck the error

An error occurred at the worksite. I needto go and check the error quickly.

Function features
Without having manuals, you can use
GT Works3 and check the cause andcorrective actions of system alarms* andscript errors.
* Not supported by GT21.

Checking system alarms*
GOT errors, CPU errors, net work errors,
and corrective actions can be checked.
Without using GX Works3/GX Works2,
quickly check errors using GT Works3.
* Not supported by GT21.

Checking script errors
The error cause and corrective actionsof GOT script programs can also bechecked, thus enabling efficient work ofprogram fix and machine setup.

GOT internal device monitor

NEW

On GT Works3, you can monitor the GOT internal devices and change the device values
as necessary.

Specification details and restrictions● Display contents System alarms*1 (GOT errors, CPU errors, network errors), script errors (project script, screen script, object script)*1 Not supported by GT21.

Recommended industries
54

You do not need to visit the worksite. The status of GOT and CPU can be monitored
using GT Works3 at your office. Check the error cause and corrective actions in detail,and you can solve the problem quickly.

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Check corrective actions with e-Manual
Supportmaintenancework■ e-Manual
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

WorksiteWorksiteEnter "motor does
not rotate" and search
multiple manuals!

The machine
has stopped.

4

The searched
result is shownin the list

Quickly check the corrective actions!

A problem occurred, but how can I solve theproblem?

e-Manual enables you to easily search pertinent information and quickly troubleshootthe problem. Use this powerful tool to help your maintenance work at the worksite.

Function features
e-Manual is the Mitsubishi Electric FA
Electrical Document Manual with adedicated viewer (e-Manual Viewer).
(page 91)
Improve maintenance efficiency
Useful functions are included such as
keyword search of multiple manuals,
saving your favorites, saving memos, andothers.

e-Manual Viewer Windows® version

e-Manual Viewer tablet version* For the details, please contact your local sales office.
Specification details and restrictions<GOT manuals available in e-Manual><e-Manual Viewer tablet version>● Manual name GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware), GOT2000 Series
User’s Manual (Utility), GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Monitor), GT Designer3(GOT2000) Screen Design Manual● Supported OS Android™ 4.3/4.4/5.0, iOS 8.1 or later● How to obtain e-Manual e-Manual is available for download from application
distribution sites. (Search by "Mitsubishi Electric e-manual")<e-Manual Viewer Windows® version>● Supported OS Microsoft® Windows® 10, Microsoft® Windows® 8.1,
Microsoft® Windows® 8, Microsoft® Windows® 7, Microsoft® Windows Vista®,
Microsoft® Windows® XP● How to obtain e-Manual e-Manual is included with GT Works3 Ver.1.155M orlater. For the details, please contact your local sales office.

Recommended industries

Tablet version (Android™)* Japanese site

Supported GOT types

Tablet version (iOS)* Japanese site

GOT2000 Solutions - Maintenance, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Features

The motor is notrunning!?

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

55

GOT2000 Solutions

Extensive lineup
Support systemdesign■ Enhanced lineup
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Control panel (back side)4
GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features

Environmental protection sheet (optional)

How can I keep the machine clean in thefood production line?

Installing the GOT2000 from the back side of the control panel complements themachine-design surface. You can keep the machine clean by wiping with a damp cloth
and washing with water.

Function features
The powerful and flexible lineup including
open frame GOTs fits various applications
you may encounter.

Open frame model

White model

Compact model

Using a stainless-look environmental
protection sheet allows the touch panel
to blend into the production machines forthe pharmaceutical and food industries.
(GT25 model)

Flush frame without a USB port reduces
the time to clean the GOT.
(GT27 model, GT25 model)

The GOT can be installed vertically in
confined spaces, which offers extra
flexibility and suitability for applications invarious kinds of industries.
(GT21 model)

Recommended industries

Recommended industries

Recommended industries

F&B
56

GOT
open frame model

Clean and safe withcleanable front surface

PharmaCosmetics

F&B

PharmaCosmetics

F&B

PharmaTransport

GOT2000 Solutions

Support various international
standards
Support systemdesign■ Compatible with environmental standards
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Worksite4
GOT has been approved as the environmentally-resistant equipment, which means that
the GOT can be used in various locations.

Function features
GOT is acceptable for use in hazardous
locations classified by various safety
standards (Class I, Division 2 [the UnitedStates, Canada], ATEX [Europe], KCs[Korea]).
Since GOT conforms to water, dust, andoil-proof IP67F standard, it is acceptable foruse in areas where water or oil are present.

Approved use in hazardous locations

Water, dust, and oil-proof

GOT complies with safety standards of
the United States, Canada, Europe, andKorea. (White model only)

IP67F for the front surface. GOT is
acceptable for use in areas where wateror oil are present.

Approval standards list (as of October 2017)* For the latest information, please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa / ).

Approval standards

Mark

Overview

EMC Directive harmonized standards,
Low Voltage Directive harmonized standards,
RoHS Directive harmonized standards

EuropeEx

ATEX Directive harmonized standards*1

EuropeSafety standards

UnitedStatescUL

Class I, Division 2
Safety standards

White model(panel color: white)

GT27/GT25
GT23/GT21

GT27-TWA GT27-TWD
GT25-TWA GT25-TWD

: Supported ×: Not supported

GT25
GT25 wide model
open frame model GT21 wide model
GT25F-TNA
GT25F-TND

GT2510-WXTD
GT2507-WTD
GT2107-WTDCountry/
RegionCE

ULStandard model(panel color: black)

Canada







×

×



×

×











×





×

×











×





×

×

KC

EMC standards

Korea











KCs

Safety standards*1

Korea

×

×



×

×

Class I, Division 2

GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features

I want to use an HMI which is designed tobe safely used in hazardous locations.

*1 To comply with ATEX directive and KCs regulation, there are some restrictions. Please refer to the specification details and restrictions below.
Specification details and restrictions
This classification means that the equipment has been approved for use in Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations.
● ATEX directive and KCs regulation GOT is acceptable for use in hazardous locations classified by these safety standards. To comply with the ATEX directive and KCs
regulation, protective sheet and special fitting in the "Product list" are required separately. (Only protective sheet is required for GT2508-VTWD.) Communication units and option
units cannot be used. When using these units, GOT does not comply with the standards. For the details, please refer to the Technical Bulletin "GOT2000 Series in Compliancewith the ATEX Directive and KCs Certification Requirements" (No. GOT-A-0101).
● Target models● IP67F To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing in the [PUSH] mark or [PULL] mark firmly to lock the cover*1. Note that the structure
does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long periodof time or soaked in oil mist.
*1 Open frame models conform to IP67F with the environmental protection sheet attached.

57

GOT2000 Solutions

Wireless communication between
GOT and PC
Support systemdesign■ Wireless LAN communication unit
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Mitsubishi Electric
programmablecontroller

No cables toconnect GOT
and a personal
computer...

4

Wireless LAN
access point*3

How do I connect GOT and a personal
computer without using a cable?

Install the wireless LAN communication unit
(GT25-WLAN) on the GOT

The wireless LAN connection between GOT and a personal computer is supported.*1*2*3
Project data transfer, FA transparent function, GOT Mobile function, and other functions
can be used.

GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features*1 Installation of the wireless LAN communication unit (GT25-WLAN) is required on the GOT.
*2 Not supported by GT2505, GT23, and GT21 because the wireless LAN communication unit cannot be installed on these models.
*3 Access point mode is supported by GT Works3 Ver.1.144A or later. No access point is required separately fordirect communication between GOT and mobile devices.
* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Use in wireless LAN connection Data transfer in the wireless LAN communication may not be as stable as that in the cable communication. A packet loss may occur
depending on the surrounding environment and installation location. Make sure to check that it operates properly before using.
● Country applicable to wireless LAN communication unit The wireless LAN communication unit with hardware version A can be used only in Japan.
The unit with hardware version B or later can be used in Japan (Japan Radio Law), the United States (FCC standards), the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland,and Liechtenstein (RE Directive). The unit with hardware version D or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland,
Liechtenstein, China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan), and Korea.

Recommended industries
Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Supported GOT types
Electronics

F&B

GT27

GT25*

GT23

GT21

* Excluding GT2505. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

Design secure network configuration
Support systemdesignNEW■ Ethernet communication unit
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Information system network
OfficeOfficeWorksite

Error!

HUB

Worksite

I want to separate the network for security
reason.

Control system
networkCommunication
continues

Ethernet

Two Ethernet ports physically separate the information system network in the office fromthe control system network at the production site; therefore the network architecture ismore reliable and secure.
* Installation of the Ethernet communication unit (GT25-J71E71-100) is required on the GOT.
* GT25 wide models have two Ethernet ports as standard so that the Ethernet communication unit is not required.
* Not supported by GT2505, GT23, and GT21 because the Ethernet communication unit cannot be installed on these models.
* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● To use Ethernet communication unit To use the Ethernet communication unit, the BootOS version Z or later is required. Because the unit cannot be used depending on
the connection destination, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Recommended industries
58

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT27

GT25*

GT23

GT21

* Excluding GT2505. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

GOT2000 Solutions

Implement the sound notification
system easily
Support systemdesignNEW■ Sound output function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

(sound effect)

Time to replace the part.

I didn't
notice that it
stoppedworking.

Workpiece is stuck.
Please remove the workpiece.

4

GOT can be used to output sound data. Outputting a notification sound can reliably
convey the information to the operators who are working away from the GOT. It is also
usable while screen saver is active.

Function features

Sound files can be created easily(See page 94)

Cancel or mute the sound while it isbeing played back

There are three types of sound files:
messages, sound effects, and melodies.
Messages can easily be created by using
the speech synthesis function* (page 94).
Sound effects and melodies are included
in GT Works3 so that you can reduce time
for system design.

After checking the situation, you can stopor mute the sound while it is being playedback so that you do not need to worry
about annoying other operators.

The sound can be output* from the audio
equipment such as a speaker that isconnected to GOT. The sound can beplayed when the trigger action or time
action conditions are satisfied or touch
switches are touched.
* GT25 wide models have a built-in sound output
interface so that the sound output unit (GT15-SOUT)
is not required. The unit is required for other models.
* Not supported by GT2505.
* To output sound, it is required to create sound files.

* GT Works Text to Speech License (SW1DND-GTVO-M)
is required separately.

Sound files
Message

GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features

How can I check the equipment statusfrom a remote location.

An error occurred.
Please check workpiecein process A…

Sound effectMore than 50 files
are included

Create fromarbitrary text
MelodyMore than 10 files
are included

Checked, OK!

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Unit installation GT25 wide models have a built-in sound output interface so that the sound output unit (GT15-SOUT) is not required. The unit is required for other models.
● Sound file specifications Sound file format: WAV format, sampling frequency: 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, channel number: 1 channel (monaural)● Applicable plug φ3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25*

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

* Excluding GT2505. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

59

GOT2000 Solutions

Record/Playback videos to see
what happened at worksite
Support systemdesign■ Multimedia function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

STOP!

Alarm display screen
10/01/2013 10:00 Error B110
10/01/2013 10:10 Error B112
10/01/2013 9:55 Error B110

Video
searchAttach a video camera to the GOT to record
the operational status on the production line

Play the video on the alarm
display screen<Record 120 seconds before and after error occurred>

4

Error

GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features120
seconds
beforeProduction line has stopped due tomachine errors! It’s difficult to identify thecause of the error on the unattended line.

120
seconds
after

GOT records the operational status on the production line and plays back the recorded
video image. Visual clarity of the image helps you to analyze the cause of the error.

Function features
GOT displays and records the image
taken by a video camera connected to themultimedia unit and plays back the saved
video image.
To set the timing of recording, you can
use a device of a controller as a trigger.
* Excluding GT2705.
* Multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z) and CF card are
required.

Use a personal computer to play backthe video recorded by the GOT

Video
file

OfficeEthernet

WorksiteVideo
file
Play back the video on
the GOT at worksite
Display the file name and the recorded date
and time of the currently played video* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Recording specifications
Before-after event recording This allows the recording of a total of 240 seconds of images, including 120 seconds before and after a system error occurs. (When event
trigger device turns on).
Standard mode This allows two types of recording modes: Recording size VGA (640 × 480), frame rate maximum 15fps; Recording size QVGA (320 × 240), frame rate maximum 30fps.
Long-time modeThis allows the recording for long hours of approximately two days. Recording size QVGA (320 × 240), frame rate 15fps.

● Unit installation

Any one of the following units can be installed: multimedia unit, video input unit, RGB input unit, video/RGB input unit, or RGB output unit.

Recommended industries
60

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27*

GT25

GT23

GT21

* Excluding GT2705. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Monitor worksite using video images
Support systemdesign■ Video/RGB function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Multiple images
can be displayedon one GOT

4
Camera image

PC image

There is not enough space for multiple
monitors at the worksite.

GOT acts as a monitor to display images which are recorded by a video camera or
saved in a personal computer, and thus there is no need to have additional monitors.

Function features

RGB input*1*2

RGB output

GOT acts as a monitor to display images
which are recorded by a video camera or
saved in a personal computer.

RGB images can be displayed on the
GOT. Simultaneous display of two screensis also possible*3. You can use various
effects for the images such as rotation,and gesture operations can be usedfor zooming in/out (400%) and scrolling
objects*3.

The GOT screen can be displayed on acommercially available large display evenwhen the backlight of the GOT is off.

* Excluding GT2705.

Video input
Input images of up to 4 video cameras
can be simultaneously displayed on the
GOT. You can zoom in or zoom out theimages and save the GOT images (hardcopy images).

* RGB output unit (GT27-ROUT or GT27-ROUT-Z) is
required.

*1 RGB input unit (GT27-R2 or GT27-R2-Z) or video/
RGB input unit (GT27-V4R1-Z) is required.
*2 Setting for GT27-R2 is different from that for GT27R2-Z on the screen design software.
*3 Supported by GT27-R2 only.

GOT2000 Solutions - Hardware Features

GOT screen* V ideo input unit (GT27-V4-Z) or video/RGB input unit
(GT27-V4R1-Z) is required.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Unit installation Any one of the following units can be installed: multimedia unit, video input unit, RGB input unit, video/RGB input unit, RGB output unit
● Applicable peripheral devices For the details, please refer to the Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0064.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27*

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

* Excluding GT2705. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

61

GOT2000 Solutions

Quick changeover
Support system
operation

Upgraded■ Recipe function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Beef curry

4

Chicken curry
Seafood curry

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Start

D2000

D2001

Record 1

Beef curry

300

0

D2002
0

Record 2

Chicken curry

0

300

0

Record 3

Seafood curry

0

0

150

How can I change the recipe informationsuch as material blend and machineconditions?

GOT saves recipe information for individual product. You can select a recipe to be
written to the programmable controller, which achieves the quick changeover for the
production line.

Function features

Easy changeover

GOT saves the recipe information (device
values) such as material blend andmachine conditions. You can change
the recipe on the GOT and write it toa programmable controller to quickly
perform the changeover.

Changing recipes (changeover) is easy on a user-created screen* or on the utility screen.
* Changing recipes on a user-created screen is not supported by GT21.

Change recipes from user-created screens*

Change recipes in theutility screen

Recipe operation window Recipe display (record list)

Checking record values before
recipe change NEW
Without writing records to programmablecontrollers, record values can be checkedand changed. By overwriting a recipe filewith the changes, the changed values canbe written to devices in programmablecontrollers. (Recipe special control)

Secured by setting
passwords to activate theutility screen.

* Not supported by GT21.

Without creating recipechange screen, recipes
can be changed byusing a standard recipe
operation window.

Record selection screen
can be created by theusers. Various functions
and designs are available.

* Changing recipes on a user-created screen is not supported by GT21.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Supported device formats Bit, BIN, BCD, Real, String● Supported formats of recipe file conversion CSV file, Unicode® text file

Recommended industries
62

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support recipe setting (record) selection
Support system
operation■ Recipe display (record list)
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GT Works3

Can I select a
recipe from thelist?

I want to selectrecipe by name,not by number.

Create the list
from the recipe
setting dialog

4

Easy to view recipe display

How can I change recipes easily on auser-created screen?

Recipe names (record names) are displayed in a list format on GOT. Sort or narrow
down the list and easily change recipes on GOT.

Function features

Read and write records

Change display order of records

Create the recipe display (record list)
easily just by selecting required items
in GT Works3. Colors, line styles, andborders can be changed as you need.

Just select a record and touch a switch
on GOT and you can easily read or write
records.

Records can be sorted by record numberor record name by touching the column
header.
Change or delete record names
Change record names or delete records
by specifying the record name using
numerical input.
Touch and sort records
Scroll the list by gesture
operation

Colors, line styles, and borders can be changed
as you need!

Touch switches for various recipe operations

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Select your favorite style
from the preset list andeasily create appropriate
screen!

Specification details and restrictions● Customizable settings Text color, background color, cursor color, ruled line color, line type, line width, show/hide scrollbar, etc.
● Functions that can be used with recipe display (record list) object Read/write records, delete records, verify records, change/sort/filter record names, export/import
recipe data
● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions: Ver.1.155M or later.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

63

GOT2000 Solutions

Increase efficiency of maintenancework
Support system
operationNEW■ Writing resource data
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

I have tocorrect arecipe file now.

Red
beans
D2000

D2001

Record 1 Red bean bread

50

0Record 2 Curry bread

30

0

Curry

Read recipe file4

OfficeWrite the edited recipe file

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Red
beans
D2000

Edit on a personal computer
Curry
D2001

Record 1 Red bean bread

50

0Record 2 Curry bread030

How can I correct recipe files in GOT
without visiting the worksite?

Recipe files read from GOT can be edited and written back to an SD memory card in the
GOT. Without ejecting the SD memory card, you can read, edit, and write recipe files inyour office.

Function features

Easy to edit the public folder of the GOT Mobile function

Resource data (alarm log file, recipe file,
logging file, operation log file, image file,and so on) can be written to GOT. Thereis no need to eject and insert an SD
memory card.

PDF and other files can be directly written to the public folder of the GOT Mobile
function. Updating the public folder is easy as well.
Read the resource data

Edit the readresource data

Write the resource data

Specification details and restrictions● Transferable resource data The data that can be transferred differ depending on the GOT model. In addition, the resource data cannot be written depending on the data
type. For the details, please refer to the GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual.

Recommended industries
64

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Protect valuable assets
Support system
operation■ Various security functions
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Access restriction
via network➝ IP filter function
Ethernet

Display andoperation
restriction➝ Operator
authentication
function

4
Project data
access restriction➝ Security key
authentication function➝ Security key
authentication function

The following security functions are also available.
• Restrictions on reading data from GOT• Restrictions on users who open project data

I know the importance of security
functions to protect valuable assets, but
how can I do...?

To protect customers’ assets, GOT offers enhanced security functions such as access
restriction on project data and access restriction via network.

Function features

Security key authentication function

Security key authentication function andIP filter function offer enhanced security.

Restrict PCs on which project data can be opened

Restrict GOTs on which project data can be executed

Project data

Project data

Prevent data alteration and duplication[Security key authentication function]
On the GOTs and personal computers
without registered security keys, theproject data cannot be opened andexecuted, which protects your techniques(know-how) from information leaks.
Reduce risk of unauthorized accessthrough network [IP filter function]

IP filter function
Register the IP address of the device to allow access

Ethernet

Register the IP address of the device to prohibit access

Ethernet

Registering the IP address of the device
which can access the GOT restricts theaccess from unauthorized devices.

Access not
accepted

Allowed IP address

Recommended industries

Cannot execute

Cannot open

Unregistered IP address

Supported GOT types

Access not
accepted

Prohibited IP address

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Project data
execution restriction

Unregistered IP address

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

65

GOT2000 Solutions

Identify error cause based on history
information
Support system
operation■ Operation log function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

! Error!
Product A
Screw Tightening Torque Settings
Torque 1100
100Torque 2100

Operation log list

Detailed information

4

for moredetails...

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Check the brief informationof the log

Check the detailed informationof the log

An error occurred due to improper
operations, but I do not exactly know why
the error occurred...

GOT records all the operations performed by operators. Checking the recorded
operation history helps you to identify and analyze the cause of the error occurred due
to improper operations, leading to making improvements, preventing reoccurrence, andenhancing traceability.

Function features

Easy management for operation log file

Quick check of operation log file

GOT records the operation information,such as “when, how, for what” theoperation was performed, in chronologicalorder in an SD memory card or USB
memory.
Use of the operation log function
combined with the operator authentication
function (page 67) records additional
information of “who” performed theoperation.

You can copy and delete an operation log
file created by the operation log function
and change a file name on GOT without
using a personal computer.
The operation log file can be converted
into a CSV file or Unicode® text file so thatthe file can be checked on the personal
computer.

You can select a log from the operation
log list and check the detailed information.
Screen images also help you to identify
the improper operation.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Recommended industries
66

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Security with password management
Support system
operation

Upgraded■ Operator authentication function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Operation screen isdisplayed

Operation authorized

Login
OK

Operation screen is
not displayed

Operation unauthorized

4

LOGIN

PASS

How can I restrict the unauthorized
operators?

Operator name and password enable the secure login management in a largescale worksite, providing the flexibility of setting the operation authority per worksite
or operator. In addition, the login management can be performed by an external
authentication device such as RFID.

Function features

How to authenticate the operator

Setting the operation authority and theviewing authority achieves “enhanced
security” and allows “access management
per operator”. Use of the operator
authentication function combined with theoperation log function (page 66) enables
you to check the "who, what, when, andhow" of an operation performed.

Method q
Input an operator name andpassword for login

Settings for operation authority
Set the authority to allow John Smith toadjust “Torque 1” and “Torque 2”.
John Smith canadjust“Torque 1” and“Torque 2”.

Method w
Enhanced password securityNEW

By setting password requirements (theminimum number of characters andthe character types), you can set moreadvanced passwords. It is possible toprompt a password change at the initiallogin or notify the password expiration
date in advance (1 day to 30 days).
* Not supported by GT21.

John Smithcannot adjust“Torque 3”.

Use an ID card or ID tag for login

Use of method q combined withmethod w is acceptable. Secure login
management is achieved even whenan external authentication device has
failed.

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

Login
failed* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

67

GOT2000 Solutions

Support FDA 21 CFR Part 11
Support system
operation

NEW■ Regarding FDA 21 CFR Part 11 support
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!
Operator authentication screen

Operation screen
Login

Is there any way tosupport FDA 21 CFRPart 11...

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

How can I support FDA 21 CFR Part 11
easily?

GOT can be used to make your system meet the requirements of FDA 21 CFR Part 11.
* The users must construct an appropriate system for the compliance with the FDA 21 CFR Part 11. For the details,
please refer to the Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0077.

Function features

Access management per operator

GOT can be used to support FDA 21
CFR Part 11*, the standards about
electronic data recording of the traceability
information, which is required in the foodand pharmaceutical industries. Sample
screens are available for helping you
configure systems.

The operator authentication function
enables management of users who canlogin to GOT. (Operator authentication
function (page 67))

* The range that GOT can support is limited. For thedetails, please refer to the Technical Bulletin No.
GOT-A-0077.

* To prevent impersonations, user accounts should bemanaged thoroughly by the users.

Operator authentication screen

Recording audit trails (histories for thefollow-up survey later)
Audit trails can be recorded by setting theoperation log appropriately. (Operation log
function (page 66))
<Information required to be recorded>· Time stamp· User name of the logged-in operator· Description and details of the operation
performed by the operator(logs before and after the data change)
Operation log list

For moredetails
Input an operator name and password for login
Specification details and restrictions● Range of supporting FDA 21 CFR Part 11 The range that GOT can support the regulation is limited. For the details, please refer to the Technical Bulletin No. GOT-A-0077.
● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office. The sample screens are supported by
the following GT Works3 versions: Ver.1.152J or later.

Recommended industries
F&B
68

PharmaSupported GOT types
GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

GOT2000 Solutions

Easy data collection
Support system
operation■ Logging & Graph/List
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Graph display

Temperature
Product quantity
Setting value, etc

List display

4

Defective product… I need to quickly
identify the cause of errors.

GOT collects the data from programmable controllers and temperature controllers(logging*) and displays the collected data in a graph and list. You can check the data
which was collected when an error occurred to identify and analyze the cause of the error.
* Excluding GT2103-PMBLS.

Function features

Historical trend graph

GOT collects the data from programmablecontrollers and temperature controllers
and displays the collected data in a graphand list. The logging data can be saved
in a built-in SRAM* even when the power
supply has failed.

The data collected by the logging function
is displayed in a graph in chronologicalorder. Scrolling the graph and specifying
the time make it easier to check thenecessary data.

Programmable controller

Temperature
controller

SD memory card,
etc* Not supported by GT21.
Buffering area
(Memory on GOT)

Analyze data on personal computer

Historical data list

The logging data can be converted intoa CSV file or Unicode® text file and saved

The data collected by the logging function
is displayed in a list. Specifying the time inthe list displays the historical trend graphof the specified time.

to an SD memory card or USB memory
so that the data can be displayed on a
personal computer.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Supported device formats

GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

GOT logs the data

Bit, BIN, BCD, Real, String

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

69

GOT2000 Solutions

Simple touch operations
Support system
operation■ Gesture function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

Zoom

Easier operation on a magnified screen

Scroll4
GOT2000 Solutions - Security & Additional System Features

It’s hard to touch small parts on thescreen!

Zoom in to easily operate small and hard to reach switches. After zooming in, scroll thedisplay to show the area you want to operate.

Function features
ScrollIn addition to touch operations, gesture
operations are now available on the GOT
in the same way as on tablet or mobile
terminals.

Object gesture

2-point press operation

Specify an object to be enlarged, scrolled
or flicked.

To prevent accidental operations, press
2 points simultaneously and enable thetouch operation.

Specification details and restrictions● Objects applicable to the object gesture function
document display, video/RGB display object*1

Historical data list display, alarm display (user), alarm display (system), simple alarm display, historical trend graph,*1 Not supported by GT2705.

Recommended industries
70

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27*

GT25

GT23

GT21

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Easy interaction with database
Support systemdesignUpgraded■ MES interface function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

MES database severInformation system
OfficeProduction
efficiency
increase!

Ethernet

Production site

SQL statement· Production instruction requests· Production results etc.
Worksite

4

Non-Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller A

Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller

Temperature controller

How can I analyze the production site
information and increase production
efficiency? Does it take time to construct
the system?

GOT communicates with the MES* database server without a personal computer andprograms and sends the data such as production instruction requests and production results.

Function features

Transferring data of various devices
collectively

The GOT uses SQL statements* totransmit data from the connected industrial
devices to a database server.*2
1*1 SELECT (Select/MultiSelect), UPDATE, INSERT*2 A separate license (GT25-MESIFKEY) is required.

Easy communication without
programming
Communication with databases is configured
in GT Works3 without any programming.
Resource data send function
The resource data collected in the GOT
buffering area or an SD memory card
can be sent to a database. The alarm
information of GOT can be stored andmanaged in the database.

* <MES (Manufacturing Execution System)>
The manufacturing execution system (MES) is a system that controls and manages production processes at aworksite in order to optimize quality, productivity, delivery date, and cost.

GOT transmits data collectively to an
MES database server by collecting datafrom various devices of different types
and manufacturers. Collecting data in the
GOT makes it easy to transmit data to the
database.
NEW

Unicode® support for tag data type
Unicode® character strings can be usedas the data type of collected data (devicedata). Multiple languages including
Chinese are supported and there is noneed to worry about character codes.

For further total solution
In the future, factories will need to“increase production value” while “living incoexistence with society / environment.”
Mitsubishi Electric’s extensive FA productlineup and key partnerships will effectively
address these issues.
By collecting and analyzing production
data, factories will be able to make“visible” the processes needed to increase
productivity, reduce waste / emissions,and maintain safety. Mitsubishi Electric
provides a total solution for greater
improvements.

GOT2000 Solutions - Data Handling Features

GOT transmits data collectively
even to the equipment of othermanufacturers* For the details, please refer to page 96.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Function list · DB interface function (tag function / trigger buffering function / trigger monitoring function / SQL text transmission function / arithmetic processing function /program execution function / DB buffering function) · SNTP time synchronization function · Resource data send function · Diagnosis function · DB server function (ODBC
connection function / connection setting function / log output function)● Usable databases · Oracle®12c*1 · Oracle®11g*2 · Oracle®10g/9i/8i*3 · Microsoft® SQL Server ® 2016 Standard/Enterprise*1· Microsoft® SQL Server ® 2014/2012/2008
R2/2008*2 · Microsoft® SQL Server ® 2005/2000*3· Microsoft® SQL Server ® 2000 Desktop Engine (MSDE2000) · Microsoft® Access® 2016/2013*3 · Microsoft® Access® 2010*3· Microsoft® Access® 2007/2003/2000*1 Compatible with 64-bit version only. *2 Compatible with 32-bit and 64-bit versions. *3 Compatible with 32-bit version only.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

71

GOT2000 Solutions

Support management of on-site data
Support system
operation■ File manager function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GOT back side

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Select copy destination
17:00

GOT front side

4

Alarm logs,
logging data,
hard copies, etc.

Copy alarm logs,
logging and other dataat the same time

GOT2000 Solutions - Data Handling Features

Back up

Select data to copy

How can I make backup of alarm andlogging data? It's bothersome to back up
data separately.

Folders and files are shown in a list on a graphical screen so that it is easy to copy themas needed.

Function features

Various file operations

Check the folders and files that are stored
on the GOT's SD memory card or USB
memory, and copy or delete them in thelist.

Copy, delete, move, rename, or create
files and folders. Multiple selection of files
and folders is also possible.

Select data

Sort data

Checking available space in drives

Graphical list display
File types can be identified with icons at a
glance.

Easily check available space in the drives.
It is useful when saving cumulative datasuch as logging and hard copies.

Manage files withsimple operations

Available space isdisplayed* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122)

Recommended industries
72

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

F&B

PharmaSupported GOT types
Electronics

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Send and retrieve files between
GOT and PC
Support system
operation■ File transfer function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

OfficeOffice4GB

Send production
results andalarm logs

Production results,
alarm logs, etc.

Ethernet

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

4Worksite

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Worksite

How can I check daily production results?

Function features
Files stored on the GOT's SD memory
card or USB memory can be transferred
easily.

By using GOT, production results can be stored on the GOT’s SD memory card or USB
memory and sent to a personal computer or the USB memory on the front face of GOT.
The GOT can also receive production instructions from the personal computer.

FTP transfer

GOT internal transfer

Personal computer (FTP server)
OfficeOffice

FTP transfer
By using GOT, files stored on the GOT's
SD memory card or USB memory canbe sent to or received from a personal
computer. File transfer triggers (sampling,
bit rise, etc.) can be used to set filetransfer timing.
* Supported by GT2107-W, GT2104-R, and GT2103PMBD among GT21 models.

Obtainproduction
instructions
Ethernet

Send production results
and alarm logs

Ethernet

GOT2000 Solutions - Data Handling Features

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

GOT back side

Worksite

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Worksite

GOT (FTP client)

GOT internal transfer

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

GOT front side

Files stored on the SD memory card orUSB memory connected to the back sideof GOT can be transferred to the USB
memory on the front face of the GOT sothat data can be obtained easily.

Transfer production results
and alarm logs

* Not supported by GT21.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122)

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21*

* Excluding some models or restrictions apply tosome functions. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

73

GOT2000 Solutions

Various controllers and connection types
Support systemdesign■ Multi-channel function/Device data transfer function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

CH1

Mitsubishi Electric programmable controller

Ethernet

MODBUS®

CH2

Non-Mitsubishi Electric programmable controller
CH3

CC-Link IE

4

Temperature controller

RS-232
RS-422

GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

CH4
RS-485Servo amplifier

How can I connect various industrial
devices in various connection types?

GOT supports various industrial devices and connection types. With the multi-channel
function, four channels of industrial devices can be monitored on a single GOT.

Function features<Typical applications>

GOT supports various industrial
devices and connection types. With
the multi-channel function and thedevice data transfer function, multiple
types of industrial devices of different
manufacturers can be monitored.

Programmable controllers of different manufacturers via Ethernet

1
HUB

Ethernet
12

2
3

Device data transfer function

Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422/485, CC-Link IE
Controller Network, CC-Link IE Field Network,
CC-Link, Bus, MELSECNET/H*, MODBUS®

Using GT Works3, simply set source
devices, destination devices, and triggers
and you can transfer devices between
industrial devices.

Transfer device data

Temperature controller Programmable controller

Multi-channel function

Mitsubishi Electric
programmablecontroller

Inverter

Mitsubishi Electric
programmablecontroller<Supported connection types>* Including MELSECNET/10 mode.

Temperature
controller

43

Non-Mitsubishi Electric Non-Mitsubishi Electric Non-Mitsubishi Electric
programmableprogrammableprogrammablecontroller A
controller B
controller C* Excluding GT2103-PMBLS

Programmable controllers, temperature controllers, inverters
Ethernet

Destination

Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller

Up to four channels* of industrial devices(programmable controller, servo, inverter,
temperature controller, etc) can bemonitored with one GOT.

SourceTemperature controller* Up to 2 channels on GT23, GT21
Specification details and restrictions● Various peripherals External devices (operation panels, switches, lamps, etc.), two-dimensional code readers, barcode readers, RFID readers, IC card readers, speakers,
video cameras, displays (RGB output), personal computers (RGB input), serial printers, PictBridge compatible printers● Multi-channel function Supported connection types, channel numbers, and functions vary depending on the GOT type. For the details, please refer to the relevant productmanual or the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

Recommended industries
74

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Excluding some models or restrictions apply tosome functions. For the details, refer to the function
descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, maintenance of
inverters
Support systemstartup/adjustment■ Interaction function with inverters
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

4

How can I check the status of inverters
without a personal computer?

GOT can be used to perform speed control, position control, and parameter setting.
Connected with a personal computer, the GOT acts as a transparent gateway to enable
startup and adjustment of equipment using FR Configurator2/FR Configurator. Users do
not have to bother with opening the cabinet or changing cable connections.
* Not supported by GT21. For the details of supported devices, connection types, and compatible software, pleaserefer to the relevant product manual.

Function features

Easy connection

FA transparent function*

Without a personal computer or aparameter unit, GOT can be used tocontrol or set parameters of inverters.

Just by connecting inverters (A800 Series,
F800 Series) and GOT, communication isestablished automatically without setting
parameters.

Without opening the cabinet, you can
use the FA transparent function to enable
startup and adjustment of inverters.
* Not supported by GT21.

FR Configurator2/
FR Configurator

Communication

No settingsrequiredSpecification details and restrictions● Target models FREQROL-A800*1/A800Plus/F800*1/E700*1/F700PJ/D700*1 Series*1 Sample screens are available.
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection, serial communication connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

Sample screens are available!

● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office. The sample screens are supported by
the following GT Works3 versions: Ver.1.126G or later.

Recommended industries
Automotive
PharmaElectronics

Supported GOT types
F&B

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Restrictions apply to some functions. For the details,
refer to the function descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

75

GOT2000 Solutions

Support startup, maintenance ofrobotsSupport systemstartup/adjustment■ Interaction function with robots
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!

Sample screens
are available!

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

How can I startup and adjust robots
easily?

Use GOT to operate or monitor the status of a robot. The robot can be started andstopped, and the error information can be monitored easily from the GOT.
* For the details of connectable models, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).

Function features
GOT can be used for simple adjustmentof robots. The robot error information canalso be checked; therefore, it is useful fortroubleshooting.

Position edit screen

Robot error screen

Position variables of robots can be edited.

The details of errors on robots can bechecked.

* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.
(CR800-R(R16RTCPU), CR800-D, CR750-D,
CR751-D)* Ready to use sample screens (VGA) are available.
(CR800-R(R16RTCPU), CR800-D, CR750-D,
CR751-D)

Specification details and restrictions● Target models FR Series (CR800-R (R16RTCPU), CR800-D)*1, F Series (CR750-Q (Q172DRCPU), CR751-Q (Q172DRCPU), CR750-D*1, CR751-D*1), SQ Series CRnQ-700(Q172DRCPU), SD Series CRnD-700*1 Sample screens are available.
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection, CC-Link IE
Field Network connection, CC-Link connection, bus connection, MELSECNET connection*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
● How to obtain sample screens For the details, please contact your local sales office. The sample screens are supported by the following GT Works3 versions.
FR Series (CR800-R (R16RTCPU), CR800-D): Ver.1.178L or later, F Series (CR750-D, CR751-D): Ver.1.153K or later.

Recommended industries
Electronics
76

F&B

Supported GOT types

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support CNC maintenanceSupportmaintenancework

Upgraded■ Interaction function with CNCs
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!

Alarm screen(CNC monitor 2)

Monitor screen(CNC monitor 2)

4

Input/Output screen(CNC monitor 2)“NC alarm” occurred on a GOT!
How can I maintain the system quickly?

Use a GOT to monitor or check alarms of a CNC. When an NC alarm occurs, there’s no need touse a personal computer when modifying programs and you can quickly recover the system.

Function features

CNC monitor function (CNC C70)

A GOT can be used to display various
monitors and make settings of a CNC
connected to the GOT.

The function enables the alarm
diagnosis, position display monitor, toolcompensation/parameter setting, or
program monitor of a CNC C70
connected to the GOT.

* CNC monitor/CNC machining program edit/CNC data
I/O functions are supported by GOTs with a resolutionof SVGA or higher.
* CNC monitor 2 is supported by GOTs with a resolutionof VGA or higher (excluding GT2505).
* Not supported by GT25 wide models.

NEW

CNC monitor 2 function (CNC C80)
The function enables monitoring andoperation of the standard screens(monitor, setup, edit, diagnosis, andmaintenance) of the C80 Series CNC
connected to the GOT. You can also use
this function to input/output data or editmachining program of the CNC C80.

CNC C70

Copy, compare, or delete CNC data

GOT2000

CNC machining program edit function(CNC C70)
Machining programs and MDI programsof a CNC C70 connected with the GOT
can be edited.

4GB

SD memory card
USB memory

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

CNC data I/O function (CNC C70)
Machining programs and parameters
can be copied, compared, or deleted in a
CNC C70 connected with the GOT.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models CNC C70● Supported connection types Ethernet connection (DISPLAY I/F connection only), bus connection● Target data
CNC monitor function Alarm diagnosis, position display, tool compensation/parameter setting, program
CNC machining program edit function Machining program, MDI program
CNC data I/O function Machining program, parameter, tool offset data, workpiece offset data, common variable, maintenance data, cycle monitor data

Recommended industries
Automotive

Electronics

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

Edit screen(CNC monitor 2)

Supported devices

GT27*

GT25*

GT23

GT21

* Excluding some models. For the details, refer to thefunction descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

77

GOT2000 Solutions

Easily build networks
Support system
operationNEW■ CC-Link IE Field Network Basic compatible
Having problems?

GOT will solve your problems!

I need to connect various industrial
devices but how can I select appropriate
cables to build a network?

The Ethernet-based network realizes connection to various devices only with Ethernet
cables so that the maintenance operations can be integrated.

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

Function features
Use the Ethernet interface and connect
GOT with CC-Link IE Field Network Basiccompatible devices. The GOT operates
as a slave station and is connectable
to the master station using cyclic
communication. Using the standard
Ethernet interface contributes to spacesaving and cost reduction.

Cyclic communication between
master station and slave station

Ethernet
Switching hub

Master station

Ethernet
RCPU, FX5CPU,
QCPU, LCPU
Slave stations* Supported by GT2107-W, GT2104-R, and GT2103PMBD among GT21 models.
* For the details, please refer to the Technical Bulletin
No. GOT-A-0104.

Barcodereader

GOT2000

Inverter

Motor with built-in
positioning function

Supported GOT types

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

F&B

PharmaPlant

WeightcheckerLabel printerRemote I/O

CC-Link IE Field Network Basic compatible devices

Recommended industries
78

PersonalcomputerEthernet compatible devices

Supported devices

GT27

GT25

GT23

GT21*

* Excluding some models. For the details, refer to thefunction descriptions above.

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

GOT2000 Solutions

Support iQSS-compatible devices
Supportmaintenancework■ iQSS utility function
GOT will solve your problems!

Having problems?

GOT2000

In the iQSS-compatible device list,
check the model name andthe error status of the sensor.

LJ51AW12BY
RUN LINK SET ALM

4

LJ51AW12AL
RUN LINK SET ALM

How can I check the status of iQSScompatible devices without a personal
computer?

Connect an SD memory card
or USB memory that storesthe iQSS-compatible device
information to the GOT

iQSS-compatible device(AnyWireASLINK, etc.)

4GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

Check the iQSS-compatible device (AnyWireASLINK, etc.) status and parameter
information on the GOT without a personal computer.

Function features
Just enable the iQSS utility function
to automatically generate monitoring
screens. There is no need to create
monitoring screens for every sensor andthus you can reduce time for startup,
operation, and maintenance of the sensor
system.

For the details, please refer tothe iQ Sensor Solution catalog(L(NA)16029ENG).

Monitoring information screen

Parameter information screen

The status, sensing level, I/O status of thedevice being monitored can be checkedin this screen.

The list of parameters and the detailsof the device being monitored can bedisplayed. Parameters can be changed inthis screen.

* For the necessary option devices, please refer to the “Function list” (page 122).

Specification details and restrictions● Target models RCPU, QCPU (Q mode), LCPU
● Supported connection types*1 Ethernet connection*2, direct CPU connection*3, serial communication connection, CC-Link IE Controller Network connection*5, CC-Link IE
Field Network connection*4, CC-Link connection, bus connection*5, MELSECNET connection*5*1 For the details of connectable models of each connection type, please refer to the “Connectable model list” (page 126).
*2 L02SCPU or L02SCPU-P cannot be used.
*3 When connecting the GOT with the LCPU, use L6ADP-R2.
*4 Cannot be used to connect a Q00JCPU, Q00CPU, Q01CPU, Q02CPU, Q02HCPU, Q06HCPU, Q12HCPU or Q25HCPU.
*5 RCPU and LCPU are not supported.

Recommended industries

Supported GOT types

GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

iQSS-compatible device(AnyWireASLINK, etc.)

Supported devices

Automotive

SEMICON, LCD

Electronics

GT27

GT25

F&B

Pharma

Plant

GT23

GT21

PLC

Servo

Inverter

Robot

CNC

79

GOT2000 Solutions

Support screen design
Support systemdesign■ Standard screen samples
Having problems?

4

It’s bothersome
to design setting
screens fromscratch...

GOT will solve your problems!

Trend graph display (7 patterns)

Counter display (4 patterns)

Displays the data collected with thelogging function in a trend graph

Monitors or resets counters for the datasuch as production volume and tool use

GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices

Now we have HMIs but it’s hard to design
screens from scratch.

Standard screens are grouped into 17 categories by purpose.
Frequently used screens are available as sample screens.

Parameter setting (3 patterns)

Manual operation (6 patterns)

Alarm history (2 patterns)

Displays set items and enables input of
set values for various parameters

Executes ON/OFF operations of signals(bit devices)

Displays alarms in the history format
and enables checking of the details andrecovery methods of a selected alarm■ Function samples
These are sample screens that you can feel GOT2000 recommended functions.

RecipeScreen bookmark

CC-Link network monitor

Provides samples to use the recipe
function easily

Provides the list to bookmark screens.
You can register frequently-used screensand switch between the screens in the list.

Displays the CC-Link network status (hoststation, other stations, errors, etc.)

Specification details and restrictions● Other standard screen samples I/O signal display, numerical data display, start-up condition display, operation ready signal display, interlock display, interlock setting,machine selection setting, alarm frequency display, alarm status display, current alarm display, home position return, cycle time display

80● Other function samples GOT Mobile function (Andon, remote controller), alarm function (level, sort), alarm function (hierarchy), device monitor function, Kana-Kanji
conversion function, AnyWireASLINK network monitor function, how to comply with FDA 21 CFR Part 11, etc.
● How to obtain sample screens Sample screens are included with GT Works3. For the details, please contact your local sales office.
● Supported language English, Japanese, Chinese (Simplified)GOT2000 Solutions

Support connection with industrial devices
Support systemdesign■ Connection samples

The lineup of samples for non-Mitsubishi industrial devices has been expanded! These are sample screens for monitoring current
values of connected devices, setting parameters, etc.

Mitsubishi Electric programmablecontroller
R08CPU
FX5U-32MCPU
L06CPU
Q06UDEHCPU
FX3U-16MCPU

Mitsubishi Electric temperature
controller· MELSEC-Q Series· MELSEC-L Series

Q64TCTTN
L60TCTT· MELSERVO-J4 Series· MELSERVO-J4 Series· MELSERVO-J4 Series· MELSERVO-J4 Series· MELSERVO-J3 Series· MELSERVO-JE Series

MR-J4-A(-RJ)
MR-J4-B(-RJ)
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B
MR-J3-A
MR-JE-B

Mitsubishi Electric other devices· Motion controller· Simple Motion module· Energy measuring unit EcoMonitorLight/
Electric multi-measuring instrument

Mitsubishi Electric inverter· FREQROL-A800 Series· FREQROL-F800 Series· FREQROL-F700P Series· FREQROL-E700 Series· FREQROL-D700 Series

Non-Mitsubishi Electric industrial
devices· Robot controller· Stepping motor· Network signal tower· Temperature controller
etc.

■ iQSS related samples■ Using sample screens

These are sample screens to connect toiQSS-compatible devices.

In the GT Works3 menu, select [Screen] ➝ [New] ➝ [Utilize Data].

Select “Sample Project” as theTarget on the Utilize Data screen

Select or input (arbitrary) a keyword

AnyWireASLINK network monitor function
Select from the search results,
and press the Utilize button

FR-A820-15K
FR-F820-15K
FR-F720P-0.75K
FR-E710W-0.1K
FR-D710W-0.1K

4
GOT2000 Solutions - Interactive Features with Other Industrial Devices· MELSEC iQ-R Series· MELSEC iQ-F Series· MELSEC-L Series· MELSEC-Q Series· MELSEC-F Series

Mitsubishi Electric servo amplifier

In the sample screen manual,
check the details of settings
and functions
iQSS backup/restoration(PLC↔sensor) function

81

MELSOFT iQ Works

FA Integrated Engineering Software

MELSOFT iQ Works

MELSOFT iQ Works is an integrated software suite consisting of GX Works3/GX Works2, MT Works2, GT Works3, RT ToolBox3*1,
FR Configurator2, CW Configurator, and MR Configurator2 which are programming software for each respective product. Integration isfurther enhanced with MELSOFT Navigator as the central system configuration incorporating an easy‑to‑use, graphical user interface
with additional project-sharing features such as system labels and parameters. The advantages of this powerful integrated software
suite are that system design is made much easier with a substantial reduction in repetitious tasks, cutting down on errors while helping
to reduce the overall TCO.

5
MELSOFT iQ Works

FA Integrated Engineering Software

System management software

HMI/GOT screen design software

Robot engineering software

MELSOFT Navigator

MELSOFT GT Works3

MELSOFT RT ToolBox3*1

System level graphic-based configuration toolThis integrated software is used to create

This robot setup software supports variousthat simplifies the system design by providing

professional screen designs for GOTs.

steps from programming, to commissioning,a visual representation of the system. System

Developed with the concepts of simplicity,

evaluation, and maintenance. In addition,

management features such as system-wide

sleekness, and user-friendliness in mind, thisimproved preventative maintenance is realized

parameterization, labels and block reading ofis a powerful tool that pushes boundaries andthrough the use of an integrated 3D robot

project data are also included.

delivers endless design possibilities.

simulator.

Programmable controller engineering software

Motion controller engineering software

Inverter setup software

MELSOFT GX Works3

MELSOFT MT Works2

MELSOFT FR Configurator2

MELSOFT GX Works2This integrated programming and maintenanceThis motion control design and maintenanceThis software simplifies the setup andsoftware for MELSEC programmablesoftware includes intuitive graphic-based

maintenance of AC Inverters. Parameters cancontrollers includes many features such as

programming together with a digital

be registered easily and distributed to multiple

graphic-based system configuration, an

oscilloscope simulator.

inverters when replacing, and activation of the
PLC function all from one setup screen.

intuitive engineering environment solution, andbackward compatibility of programs to enable
the reduction of engineering costs.

82

C Controller setting and monitoring tool

Servo setup software

MELSOFT CW Configurator

MELSOFT MR Configurator2

This software package enables parameter

By using this servo amplifier setup software,

setup, module diagnosis and monitoring of C

tuning, monitor display, diagnosis, reading/Controller modules. Using CW Configurator is

writing parameters, and test operations are

as easy as using the MELSEC iQ-R engineering

easily performed on a personal computer.

software GX Works3, which shares similarinterfaces.

*1 RT ToolBox3 mini (simplified version) will be installed
if iQ Works product ID is used. When RT ToolBox3(with simulation function) is required, pleasepurchase RT ToolBox3.

MELSOFT iQ Works

MELSOFT Navigator

5
MELSOFT iQ Works■ MELSOFT Navigator enables
interaction with iQ Works
Share labels among projects
Labels can be shared among GX Works3, MT Works2,and GT Works3 so that if the device assignment ischanged in one project, the changes are automaticallyapplied to other projects.

Programmable Controller
Engineering Software
MELSOFT GX Works3

Programmable Controller
Engineering Software
MELSOFT GX Works2

Motion Controller
Engineering Software
MELSOFT MT Works2

HMI/GOT
Screen Design Software
MELSOFT GT Works3

Robot Engineering Software
MELSOFT RT ToolBox3*1

Inverter Setup Software
MELSOFT FR Configurator2

C Controller
Setting and Monitoring Tool
MELSOFT CW Configurator

Servo Setup Software
MELSOFT MR Configurator2

No need to set parameters for each tool*2
The information set in the system configuration
diagram can be applied in a batch to each program in
GX Works3, GX Works2, MT Works2, and GT Works3.
There is no more need to start up each software andcheck the consistency.
*2 Detailed parameters must be set with each tool.

*1 RT ToolBox3 mini (simplified version) will be installed if iQ Works
product ID is used. When RT ToolBox3 (with simulation function) is
required, please purchase RT ToolBox3.

83

MELSOFT GT Works3

HMI/GOT Screen Design Software

MELSOFT GT Works3
Easily create professional screens!

Easily manage project data!

Work tree

6
MELSOFT GT Works384

Easily make batch changes!

Easily check the settings!

Property sheet

Data browser

MELSOFT GT Works3■ Support screen creation■ Support debugging

Utilize data·············································································· 86
Data browser············································································87
Label/Global label·································································· 88
Input assist·············································································· 89
Template·················································································· 89
Align············································································ NEW 90

Simulator················································································· 92
Data verification······································································ 92
Data check list········································································ 93
Output window········································································ 93
GOT diagnostics····································································· 93

Graphical meter······································································ 90
Antialiasing·············································································· 90
e-Manual················································································· 91
Screen design tips movie (Japanese)■ Support globalization
Speech synthesis function········································ NEW 94
Language switching·················································· Upgraded 94
FA Term Translation Tool························································ 95

Easily create stylish screens!

Library

6

Create stylish, clear meters

MELSOFT GT Works3Graphical meter

Table
Easily create tables

Identify errors quickly!

Search by keywords and effectively use data!

Data check list

Utilize data (screen) window

85

MELSOFT GT Works3Support screen creation■ Utilize data
Reuse previous projects
When creating a new project, search through the existing projects to find any existing projects that may be reused.
Keyword search helps narrow down the search.
Specify search range
Select “Sample Project” to reuse a sample project.

Select or input a keyword
Select a prepared keyword or input an arbitrary keyword.

Search results are displayed

Choose the applicable project from the search result

6
MELSOFT GT Works3

Procedure: [Project] → [New] → [Utilize Data]

Reuse previous screens

Search by target/category/keyword

Reuse individual screens from past or sample projects. The settings are also applied andreused so that you can create project data easily.

Select a search target, category, or keyword andyou can quickly find the screen you need.
Category list

Associatedsettings

Associated settings suchas comment data, logging
settings, and window
settings can be reused at
the same time!
86

Drag
&
Drop

Procedure: [Screen] → [New] → [Utilize Data]
Shortcut key: Ctrl + Shift + F

Search results are displayed
Just drag and drop to easily apply associatedsettings to your screen.

MELSOFT GT Works3■ Data browser
The data browser shows a list of objects used in the project. The settings can be edited directly on the browser or by opening thesetting dialog. You can easily identify any duplicate data and no longer have to open multiple screens.

Change display item
Select items to display.
Refining search options
or searching by keyword
is possible.

Directly edit on the list,or edit from the setting
dialog.

After selecting a line,
the tree can be expanded with
Shift + [+] key.
Double-click

6

Example 1: Changing operation settings● Editable details
Directly edit devices and text, etc.
Change devices, text, colors, and figures in a batch
Change action settings, fonts, and figures
Change range settings of numerical displays andother objects
Copy/paste multiple cells
Sort and narrow down items by using devices/keywords
Interchange columns with drag & drop

MELSOFT GT Works3● Display targets
Figures, objects, screen scripts, screen trigger actions

Copy/paste into
multiple cells at once.

Example 2: Copying or pasting multiple cells (change names of switches from “Menu” to “Main Menu” on multiple screens)

Procedure: [View] → [Docking Window] → [Data Browser]
Shortcut key: Ctrl + E
87

MELSOFT GT Works3Support screen creation■ Label/Global label<Label>Instead of using devices, use label names to create easy-to-understand project data efficiently. Not only Mitsubishi Electric
programmable controller devices, but also non-Mitsubishi Electric controller devices and GOT internal devices can be assigned tolabels. Labels can be used in GT Works3. In addition, labels can be imported from GX Works3, GX Works2, and MT Developer2.

6
MELSOFT GT Works3

q Set label names and assign devices

w Select a label name whensetting objects (Direct input
is also possible.)

Procedure: [Common] → [Label] → [New Label Group]<Global label>
Global labels can be imported from GX Works3 and labels can beimported from MT Developer2. Arrays and structures are supported.
* Not supported by GT21.

GX Works3

Import only the global labels that the[Access from External Device] is checked
MT Developer2

88

q Import global labels from the project tree
Procedure: [Project] window → [Label] → [Global label] → [Import]

Import to
GT Works3

Select a type

MELSOFT GT Works3■ Input assist
When setting your labels/devices, “Input Assist” provides a list of applicable labels/devices, complete with label comments, device
comments, and device definitions.
<Example of device comments><Example of devices>
GT Works3

Switch display contents
q Input device name*w Devices corresponding to the input
device name are displayed from thedevices preset in the project or fromthe history of recently set devices

GX Works3
GX Works2
GX Developer

q Import a device comment file of GX
Works3/GX Works2/GX Developer

GT Works3

w Input a keyword
e The list shows the devices that havethe input keyword in their device
commentsr Select from the list and set the device

e Select from the list and set the device

6■ Template
Customize each template to the desired look-and-feel, ranging from color options to device selection. Attributes such as devices andcolors can be set for each template.
You can easily change devices and colors by associating each object with the template’s attribute.

Make batch changes
with simple settings

Change color
from green to red

MELSOFT GT Works3* ‌When entering a device, it is possible to disable IME to enter only one-byte characters.
(Setting method: [Tools] → [Option] → [Turn off IME at the time of device input])
Procedure: List appears when entering a device

Colors and devices arechanged in a batch

Template attributes (color)• Historical trend graph line color• Text color• Numerical display value color● Items that can be registered in templates
Figures, Objects● Attributes that can be registered and changed in templates
Device (Bit, Word), Numerical value, Text, Color, Figure, Font, Text size

Selecting from library
Procedure: [View] → [Docking Window] → [Library List (Template)]
Shortcut key: Alt + F9

Creating template
Procedure: Select object → Right-click → [Template Registration] → [Register to Template]89

MELSOFT GT Works3Support screen creationNEW■ Align
Selected figures and objects are aligned to the anchored figure or object according to the specified alignment type.

Anchored
figureq Select multiple
figures and objects

w Click (or double click) a figure oran object to use as an anchor

Select left-aligne Select alignment direction from the
Align toolbarr Alignment
completed!

■ Graphical meter
Just select a meter from the preset list and you can create stylish, clear meters. The position and angle of scales can be adjusted bymouse operation and the shape and design can be changed easily. Warning color display indicates the machine status clearly.

6

Select from the toolbar

Select from the preset list

Easy to adjust settings by mouse operation

Adjust scale
position

MELSOFT GT Works3

Adjust warning
color display
position
Adjust scale
angle

Select meter
shape
The list includes various choices
Procedure: [Object] → [Graphical Meter]■ Antialiasing
Antialiasing smoothes out jagged text edges and displays elegant characters. * Outline font only.

Antialiasing disabled

Antialiasing enabled

Procedure: [Common] → [GOT Type Setting] → [Enable the antialiasing to smooth jagged text edges]

Specification details and restrictions

90● Font usable with antialiasing Outline font
● Precautions when creating screens When antialiasing is enabled, place the object using an outline font on the back layer. If you place such an object on the front layer,
antialiasing may not be processed properly.

MELSOFT GT Works3

Concept movie
Windows® version

Tablet version■ e-Manual
e-Manual is the Mitsubishi Electric FA Electrical Document Manual with a dedicated viewer (e-Manual Viewer). Useful functions areincluded such as keyword search of multiple manuals, saving your favorites, saving memos, and others.

Specifications?

q Install e-Manual Viewerw Always download the latest manuals.
Easy to update with just one click!

Quickly confirm with F1 key
Press the F1 key in GT Works3 and jump to
e-Manual for the dialog being edited! Quickly
check setting methods and other information!

How to makesettings?

e Increase your screen design efficiently

e-Manual

6
MELSOFT GT Works3

GT Works3

Easy to view, easy to use!
Easy to view contents, easy to use, usefulfunctions help you access manuals efficiently.
Quickly search for the information you need.

Cross Manual Search

Bookmark

Note

Search required information from multiple
manuals by keyword. You can get to theinformation you need without opening
manuals one by one.

Bookmark frequently used manuals andpages and you can check the information
quickly.

Take a memo, such as know-how, and add
it to the manual and you can customize
manuals as you like.

Procedure: [Help] → [GT Designer3 Help]
Shortcut key: F1* For the details, please contact your local sales office.

Specification details and restrictions<GOT manuals available in e-Manual><e-Manual Viewer tablet version>● Manual name GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware), GOT2000 Series
User’s Manual (Utility), GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Monitor), GT Designer3(GOT2000) Screen Design Manual● Supported OS Android™ 4.3/4.4/5.0, iOS 8.1 or later● How to obtain e-Manual e-Manual is available for download from application
distribution sites. (Search by "Mitsubishi Electric e-manual")<e-Manual Viewer Windows® version>● Supported OS Microsoft® Windows® 10, Microsoft® Windows® 8.1,
Microsoft® Windows® 8, Microsoft® Windows® 7, Microsoft® Windows Vista®,
Microsoft® Windows® XP● How to obtain e-Manual e-Manual is included with GT Works3 Ver.1.155M orlater. For the details, please contact your local sales office.

Tablet version (Android™)* Japanese site

Tablet version (iOS)* Japanese site

91

MELSOFT GT Works3Support debugging■ Simulator
Since the operation of the project data can be confirmed on the personal computer, the program can be efficiently debugged while
making changes on the screen. Even if hardware is not available, the operations can be confirmed with a personal computer andsequence programs. The screen images can be printed and saved, and easily used when creating specifications and operation
manuals.
* GX Works3, GX Works2, GX Simulator, or MT Works2 is required separately. (It varies depending on the CPU to simulate.)

Start simulator

Just click “Update” after modifying the screen!

GT Works3 simulator

Click with mouse to simulate touch operation
Change the device value or ON/OFF state
GX Works3 simulator

6

Execute designatedprogram
SM411

MELSOFT GT Works3

Communication/
monitor

Procedure: [Tools] → [Simulator] → [Activate]
Shortcut key: Ctrl + F10■ Data verification
Verify the project data and check the results for each screen/object.
From the Verify Result window, you can jump to the target object or can narrow down results by items such as the screen type. Thisfunction enables you to check differences and modify the data quickly even if the project data includes many screens.
qq Verify Project (verifying the project
being edited against one in a personal
computer) and GOT Verification(verifying the project being edited
against one in the GOT) are available.

ww Export of verified results andrefinement by items such as screen
type are possible.
e Double-click on an error or warning line
to jump to the corresponding object.

e Project verificationr

r The background color of a row varies
according to the type of a difference.
Pink: The item exists in both projects
and the data are not matched
Blue: The item exists only in thesource projectGreen: The item exists only in thedestination project

Procedure: [Project] → [Verify Data] Verification with GOT

92

Procedure: [Communication] → [Verify GOT] * In the Verify Result dialog, select [Output to Verify Result (window)] to display the above Verify Result window.

MELSOFT GT Works3■ Data check list
The touch switch quantity and overlapping state, object quantity and illegal devices are checked and the results are displayed as a list.
Double-click on an error or warning line to jump to the corresponding object. Quickly identify errors and warning objects.

Double-click!

Jump to error object

6
MELSOFT GT Works3

Procedure: [View] → [Docking Window] → [Data Check List]■ Output window
Messages indicating the progress of processes such as the
GOT type conversion and utilizing other projects, errors andwarnings are displayed as a list. Any incompatible functions
found are displayed as warnings when opening the project
data edited with a newer version of screen design softwarewith an older version software.
Procedure: [View] → [Docking Window] → [Output]■ GOT diagnostics
Without visiting worksites, you can use GT Works3 and check the system alarms and system errors. Monitoring and changing thevalues of GOT internal devices is supported. For the details, please refer to page 54.

Changeable toarbitrary values
GOT errors, CPU errors, network errors, and corrective
actions can be checked.
Procedure: [Diagnosis] → [GOT Diagnostics]

93

MELSOFT GT Works3Support globalizationNEW■ Speech synthesis function
Just enter arbitrary text in GT Works3 to create a sound file. It
is easy to create a sound file of a message that is needed to
output sound on GOT. The speaker (female/male), language,
speed, pitch, and volume of the voice can be set. Messages
can be created in 6 languages and you can create the soundnotification system in multiple languages.

Supported language
Male

FemaleJapanese

EnglishEnglish(Simplified)Japanese

EnglishEnglish(Simplified)

Chinese(Traditional)

KoreanSpanishKoreanSpanish* To register or update messages, GT Works Text to Speech License(SW1DND-GTVO-M) is required.

Image of creating a sound file (message)
Select language andspeaker (male/female)

An error occurred.

6
MELSOFT GT Works3

Procedure: [Common] → [Sound] → [Sound File List]
Playback andcheck the soundEnter an arbitrary
messageUpgraded■ Language switching
Create comments of different languages, save them in separate columns, and you can switch languages easily just by switchingcolumn numbers. In addition, the character strings of switches and lamps can easily be converted from the Text or Text Figures into
Comments. This makes it easy to upgrade screens to display multiple languages.
Comment group

Text

Text figure

Register text tocomment group!

English

Add comments
for language switching!

Japanese

ChineseArabianNEW

94

Comment group for easy language switching!
Procedure: [Common] → [GOT Environmental Setting] → [Language Switching]

Various languages are supported
because Windows fonts can be used forcomment groups.

MELSOFT GT Works3■ FA Term Translation Tool
This is the software to translate comments (words, sentences) that are used in MELSOFT applications including GT Works3. The
software uses the FA Term Translation Dictionary provided by Mitsubishi Electric. You can use the software even when your computeris not connected to the Internet. In addition, it is possible to create your own dictionary and switch dictionaries depending on yourneeds. The software supports creation of multiple language screens.
FA Term Translation Tool

6
w Translated results are displayed

GT Works3

e Check a checkbox to save itto the dictionaryr Copy the comments translated with
FA Term Translation Tool and pastethem to where you want to use them(e.g. GT Works3).
t It is easy to create language switching
screens.

Starting FA Term Translation Tool
Procedure: Windows menu → [MELSOFT] → [FATranslator] → [MELSOFT GT Works3

q Copy comments to translate(e.g. from GT Works3) and paste themto the FA Term Translation Tool window

FA Term Translation Tool]

Specification details and restrictions● Compatible language● About this tool

• Japanese ➝ English, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional)• English ➝ JapaneseTranslation by FA Term Translation Tool is a mechanical translation. Use this tool as atool to support translation.

• Chinese (Simplified) ➝ Japanese● How to obtain this tool

• Chinese (Traditional) ➝ JapaneseThis tool is included with the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FA Library DVD-ROM of
GT Works3 Version 1.130L or later.
For the details, please contact your local sales office.

● Supported OS (Japanese version, English version)• Microsoft® Windows® 8.1• Microsoft® Windows® 8• Microsoft® Windows® 7

95

e-F@ctory,
e-F@ctory solves customers issues and concerns
by enabling visualization and analysis that lead to
improvements and increase availability at production sites.
e-F@ctory is the Mitsubishi Electric solution for improving the performance of any
manufacturing enterprise by enhancing productivity, and reducing the maintenance andoperations costs together with seamless information flow throughout the plant.
e-F@ctory helps to reduce the overall TCO* and is achieved in the following four areas:* TCO: Total Cost of Ownership

Reduce energy costs
Energy saving solution
Modern manufacturing depends much on reducing energy costs as a way torealize an efficient manufacturing enterprise. e-F@ctory supports this by allowing
visualization of real‑time energy usage, helping to reduce the overall energy
consumption.

7

Integrate FA and IT systems at low cost

e-F@ctoryEdge-computing (FA-IT information connection)
e-F@ctory solutions provide direct connectivity from the shop floor to enterprise,such as Manufacturing Execution System (MES) without requiring a gateway
computer. This enables leaner operations, improved yield, and efficient managementof the supply chain.
Reduce development, production, and maintenance costs
iQ Platform
The iQ Platform minimizes costs at all phases of the automation life cycle byimproving development times, enhancing productivity, reducing maintenance costs,
and making information more easily accessible. Integration is at the heart of the iQ
Platform, with a highly intelligent controller platform as the core, combined with aseamless communication network and an integrated engineering environment.

Reduce setup and maintenance costs
iQ Sensor Solution
Easily setup and maintain various types of sensors. Maintenance and design costs
can be reduced as compatible iQSS partner sensors can be managed together.

96

e-F@ctory

FA integrated solutions reduce total cost

since2003
Supply chain
Engineeringchain

IT system

Procurement
Production
Product Process
design design

Operation andmaintenance

ERP

SCM

MES

CAD/CAM

Simulator

SCADA

Data primary processing /analysis

FA-IT
Information
Interface

Data handling

MES interface

C Controller

Edge-computing

Sales and
distribution

7

SensorProductivity

Drive

Quality

Programmable
Controller

Mechatronics

Sustainability

SafetyEnergy-saving

e-F@ctory

Shop floor

Security

Overall production information is captured in addition to energy information, enabling the realization of efficient
production and energy use (energy savings).

Best-in-class solutions across the ecosystem
e-F@ctory Alliance
The e-F@ctory Alliance is an ecosystem offering best-in-class solutions by
combining products between Mitsubishi Electric and its various partners. Close
collaboration with such partners broaden the choices for the customer and realize
the best solution possible.
97

GOT2000

Related materials Various catalogs and leaflets are available.
■ Extensive lineup for various applications

GOT2000 Series Wide Model
L(NA)08461ENG

GOT2000 Series White & Open
L(NA)08414ENG

GT2104-RTBD New Product Release
L(NA)08362ENG

GT2103 New Product Release
HIME-L078

GOT2000 Series GT2505-VTBD
L(NA)08530ENG

GOT2000 Series Open Frame Model
L(NA)08392ENG

GOT2000 Series White Model
L(NA)08328ENG

GOT2000 Series
Ethernet Communication Unit
L(NA)08424ENG

GOT2000 Series
Wireless LAN Communication
Quick Start Guide
L(NA)08344ENG Coming soon

GOT2000 Series
VNC Server Function Quick Start Guide
L(NA)08346ENG Coming soon

■ GOT2000 First Guide

GOT2000 Series Quick Start Guide
L(NA)08311ENG

98

GOT Mobile Function
Quick Start Guide
L(NA)08385ENG

Specifications

Specifications, Product List, Support
INDEX■ General specifications
Performance specifications
Power supply specifications
GT27 ······················································ 100
GT25 ······················································ 102
GT25 Wide············································· 104
GT23 ······················································ 106
GT21/GT21 Wide ·································· 108■ External dimensions
Panel cut dimensions
GT27/GT25 ··········································· 110
GT25 Open Frame ································ 111
GT25 Wide············································· 112
GT23 ····················································· 113
GT21/GT21 Wide ·································· 114■ Operating environment
MELSOFT GT Works3 Version1 ··········· 120
GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 ··················· 121

8Specifications■ Components names
GT27 ····················································· 115
GT25 ····················································· 116
GT25 Wide············································· 117
GT23 ····················································· 118
GT21/GT21 Wide ·································· 119■ Function list ·········································· 122■ Connectable model list
GOT2000 ·············································· 126
GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 ··················· 139■ Compatibility withconventional products ························· 145■ Product list ··········································· 146■ Support
Warranty ··············································· 154
Global support ······································ 155
Approval standards ····························· 156

99

Specifications
GT27
General specifications
Item

Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1

0 ºC to 55 ºC *2

Storage ambient temperature–20 ºC to 60 ºC

Operating ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Storage ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Vibration resistanceCompliant with
JIS B 3502 andIEC 61131-2

Frequency

Acceleration

Half amplitude

Sweep countUnder intermittent
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

3.5 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2—

10 times in each
X, Y, or Z direction

Under continuous
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

1.75 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2—

Operating atmosphere *6

Includes the temperature inside the enclosure of the control
panel to which the GOT is installed.

*2

When any of the following units is mounted, the maximum
operating ambient temperature must be 5 °C lower than the
one described in the general specifications: multimedia unit
(GT27-MMR-Z), MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13), CC-Link communication unit
(GT15-J61BT13).

*3

Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than theatmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a
malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control
panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and thetouch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive
enough or the sheet to come off.

*4

This indicates the section of the power supply to which theequipment is assumed to be connected between the public
electrical power distribution network and the machinery within thepremises. Category II applies to equipment that is supplied withpower from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage for theequipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in anenvironment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicatesan environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs
normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation
shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*6

Some models have ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 approval for use inClass I, Division 2 (ANSI/ISA 12.12.01, C22.2 No.213-M1987)
hazardous locations. For the details, please contact your local
sales office.

—Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Shock resistance*1

No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3

2000 m or lessInstallation location

Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4

II or less

Pollution degree *52 or less

Cooling method

Self-cooling
Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional
area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

GroundingOperate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity, and vibrations.
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications [ABS/
BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Performance specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2715-XTBA
GT2715-XTBD

GT2712-STBA
GT2712-STBD

Screen size

15"

Resolution

XGA: 1024 × 768 dots

12.1"

Display size

304.1(11.97) (W) × 228.1(8.98) (H) mm(inch)

246(9.69) (W) × 184.5(7.26) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 64 characters ×
48 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 85 characters ×
64 lines (two-byte characters)

65536 colors
32 levels
LED (not replaceable)

Backlight
Backlight life *4

Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Specifications

Analog resistive film

Type
Key size*3 *11

Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *8 (per key)
Up to two points
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Black

Panel color
Human sensor

White

Detection length
Detection temperature

Black

1m

—

Temperature difference between human body and ambient air: 4 °C or higher—

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 57 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

User memory capacity
User memory

211.2(8.31) (W) × 158.4(6.24) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 37 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 50 lines (two-byte characters)

Brightness adjustment

Touch panel

10.4"
SVGA: 800 × 600 dots

Display color

8

GT2710-STBA
GT2710-STBD

TFT color LCD

Display device

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

GT2712-STWA
GT2712-STWD

Life (number of write
times)

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Battery

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Data to be backed up

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Life
RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)
1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Ethernet

2 channels (front face, rear face)

USB (host)
Built-in interface

USB (device)

1 channel (rear face)

2 channels (front face, rear face)
1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD memory card *12

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface *7

For installing a communication unit or an option unit
For installing an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

For installing a communication unit

Side interface

Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

2 colors (blue and orange)

POWER LED

Front: IP67F *6 *9 Inside control panel: IP2X

Protective structure *5
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

CE, ATEX *10, UL, cUL, Class I Division 2,
EAC, KC, KCs *10

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

397(15.63) (W) × 300(11.81) (H) ×60(2.36) (D) mm(inch)

316(12.44) (W) × 246(9.69) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

303(11.93) (W) × 218(8.58) (H) ×52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

383.5(15.10) (W) × 282.5(11.12) (H) mm(inch)

302(11.89) (W) × 228(8.98) (H) mm(inch)

289(11.38) (W) × 200(7.87) (H) mm(inch)

4.5(9.9) kg(lb)2.4(5.3) kg(lb)2.1(4.6) kg(lb)Weight (excluding a fitting)Compatible software package

100

1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)

GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*1

As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, theappearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena arecharacteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2

Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3

When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches. The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.
• Material: polyacetal resin • Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4

To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight.

*5Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time orsoaked in oil mist.

Specifications

Power supply specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2715-XTBA

GT2712-STBA
GT2712-STWA

GT2710-STBA
GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTWA

GT2708-STBA
GT2708-VTBA

Power supply voltage

100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, –15%)

Power supply frequency

50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)

Under the maximum load
Power
Main unit
consumption
Main unit (backlight OFF)

GT2710-STBD
GT2710-VTBD
GT2710-VTWD

GT2712-STBD
GT2712-STWD

GT2708-STBD
GT2708-VTBD

GT2705-VTBD

24 V DC (+25%, –20%)—

51 W or less

44 W or less

41 W or less

41 W or less48 W or less

45 W or less

42 W or less

39 W or less

30 W or less

25 W

19 W

17 W

15 W

23 W

18 W

15 W

13 W

7W

10 W

10 W

10 W

10 W

8W

8W

8W

8W

40 A or less(3 ms, ambient
temperature:
25 °C, under the
maximum load)

Inrush current

GT2715-XTBD

Permissible instantaneous power
failure time

60 A or less(2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

5W
69 A or less
(1 ms, ambient
temperature:
25 °C, under the
maximum load)

5 A or less
(20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

10 ms or less

Noise immunity

Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage

1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance

500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MW or more by an insulation resistance tester

Specifications
Item

GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA
GT2710-VTWD

GT2708-STBA
GT2708-STBD

Screen size

10.4"

Resolution

VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size

8.4"

211.2(8.31) (W) × 158.4(6.24) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 50 characters ×
37 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 66 characters ×
50 lines (two-byte characters)

Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)
Minimum 2 × 2 dots *8 (per key)
Up to two points
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Human sensor

Black

User memory

White

Black

Detection length—

Detection temperature—

User memory capacity

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 57 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

Life (number of write
times)

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Battery

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

Specifications

Analog resistive film

Type

Panel color

832 levels
LED (not replaceable)

Backlight life *4

Simultaneous press

115.2(4.54) (W) × 86.4(3.40) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines(two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines(two-byte characters)

65536 colors

Backlight*3 *11

VGA: 640 × 480 dots

170.9(6.73) (W) × 128.2(5.05) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines(two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines(two-byte characters)

Brightness adjustment

Key size

5.7"

SVGA: 800 × 600 dots

Display color

Touch panel

GT2705-VTBD

TFT color LCD

Display device

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

GT2708-VTBA
GT2708-VTBD

GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Data to be backed up

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Life
RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)
1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Ethernet
USB (host)
Built-in interface

USB (device)

2 channels (front face, rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

1 channel (front face)

1 channel (rear face)

2 channels (front face, rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD memory card *12

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface *7

For installing a communication unit or an option unit
For installing an option unit

Auxiliary extension interface

Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

2 colors (blue and orange)

POWER LED

Front: IP67F *6 *9 Inside control panel: IP2X

Protective structure *5
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)—

For installing a communication unit

Side interface

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

CE, ATEX *10, UL, cUL, Class I
Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs *10

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

303(11.93) (W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

241(9.49) (W) × 194(7.64) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

167(6.57) (W) × 139(5.47) (H) ×60(2.36) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

289(11.38) (W) × 200(7.87) (H) mm(inch)

227(8.94) (W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)

153(6.02) (W) × 121(4.76) (H) mm(inch)

1.5(3.3) kg(lb)1.0(2.2) kg(lb)Weight (excluding a fitting)

2.1(4.6) kg(lb)Compatible software package

GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*6

To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.)*7

When using a GT2705-VTBD with multiple devices such as extension units, a barcode reader, and an RFID controller, the total amount of current must be within the maximum amount of current supplied by theGT2705-VTBD. For the details, please refer to the relevant manual of the GOT2000 Series.

*8

The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended.
• Key size: 16 × 16 dots or larger • Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*9

The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS C 0920.

*10 ATEX and KCs are supported by GT2712-STWD and GT2710-VTWD (24 V DC power supply type) only.
*11 Repeatedly touching the outer edge of the actual display area may cause the product to fail.
*12 While writing data to the memory for storage (ROM) or an SD memory card, if GOT is powered off, the data may be corrupted which may cause the GOT to stop operating.

101Specifications
GT25* For the specifications of GT25 wide models, please refer to page 104.

General specifications
Item

Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1

0 ºC to 55 ºC *2 *7

Storage ambient temperature–20 ºC to 60 ºC

Operating ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *8

Storage ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *8

Vibration resistanceCompliant with
JIS B 3502 andIEC 61131-2

Frequency

Acceleration

Half amplitude

Sweep countUnder intermittent
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

3.5 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2—

10 times in each
X, Y, or Z direction

Under continuous
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

1.75 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2—

Operating atmosphere *6

Includes the temperature inside the enclosure of the control
panel to which the GOT is installed.

*2

When any of the following units is mounted, the maximum
operating ambient temperature must be 5°C lower than the
one described in the general specifications: MELSECNET/H
communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13), CCLink communication unit (GT15-J61BT13). (Except for GT2505VTBD)*3

Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than theatmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a
malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control
panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and thetouch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive
enough or the sheet to come off.

*4

This indicates the section of the power supply to which theequipment is assumed to be connected between the public
electrical power distribution network and the machinery within
the premises. Category II applies to equipment that is suppliedwith power from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage forthe equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in
an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2
indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution
occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*6

Some models have ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 approval for use inClass I, Division 2 (ANSI/ISA 12.12.01, C22.2 No.213-M1987)
hazardous locations. For the details, please contact your local
sales office.

*7

When GT2505-VTBD is installed vertically, the operating
ambient temperature must be between 0 °C and 50 °C.

*8

If the ambient temperature of GT2505-VTBD exceeds 40 °C,
the absolute humidity must not exceed 90% RH at 40 °C.

—

Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Shock resistance*1

No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3

2000 m or lessInstallation location

Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4

II or less

Pollution degree *52 or less

Cooling method

Self-cooling
Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional
area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

GroundingOperate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity, and vibrations.
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications [ABS/
BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Performance specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2512-STBA
GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-STNA
GT2512F-STND

GT2510-VTBA
GT2510-VTBD

Screen size

12.1"

10.4"

Resolution

SVGA: 800 × 600 dots

VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size
Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

246(9.69) (W) × 184.5(7.26) (H) mm(inch)

211.2(8.31) (W) × 158.4(6.24) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 37 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 50 lines (two-byte characters)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)
65536 colors

Display color

32 levels

Brightness adjustment

LED (not replaceable)

Backlight
Backlight life *4

Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)
Analog resistive film

TypeSpecifications

Touch panel

Key size*3 *12

Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *9 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Black

Panel color

—

Black

Life (number of write
times)—

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Battery

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Data to be backed up

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Life
RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)
1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

RS-422/485

1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Ethernet
USB (host)
Built-in interface
USB (device)

2 channels (front face, rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

2 channels (front face, rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)

1 channel (rear face)

1 channel (front face)

1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD memory card *13

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface

For installing a communication unit or an option unit
For installing a communication unit

Side interface

Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

2 colors (blue and orange)

POWER LED
Protective structure *6

Front: IP67F *7 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

Front: IP67F *8 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

Front: IP67F *7 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

External dimensions
Panel cut dimensions

302(11.89) (W) × 228(8.98) (H) mm(inch) 269(10.59) (W) × 214(8.43) (H) mm(inch)

Compatible software package

311(12.24) (W) × 237(9.33) (H) ×54(2.13) (D) mm(inch)

Front: IP67F *10
Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, ATEX *11, UL, cUL, Class I

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC
316(12.44) (W) × 246(9.69) (H) ×52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)

102

White

Memory for storage (ROM) *13: 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

User memory capacity
User memory

GT2510F-VTNA
GT2510F-VTND

TFT color LCD

Display device

8

GT2510-VTWA
GT2510-VTWD

Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs *11

Front: IP67F *8 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

303(11.93) (W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

298(11.73) (W) × 209(8.23) (H) ×54(2.13) (D) mm(inch)

289(11.38) (W) × 200(7.87) (H) mm(inch)

234(9.21) (W) × 187(7.36) (H) mm(inch)

2.4(5.3) kg(lb)2.1(4.6) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*1

As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, theappearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena arecharacteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2

Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3

When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches. The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.
• Material: polyacetal resin • Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4

To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight.

*5

If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate unexpectedly. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time orsoaked in oil mist.

Specifications

Power supply specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2512-STBA
GT2512F-STNA

GT2510-VTBA
GT2510-VTWA
GT2510F-VTNA

GT2508-VTBA
GT2508-VTWA
GT2508F-VTNA

Power supply voltage

100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, –15%)

Power supply frequency

50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)

Under the maximum load
Power
Main unit
consumption
Main unit (backlight OFF)

Permissible instantaneous power
failure time

GT2508-VTBD
GT2508-VTWD
GT2508F-VTND

GT2505-VTBD

24 V DC (+25%, –20%)

24 V DC (+10%, -15%)—

35 W or less

34 W or less

31 W or less

37 W or less

33 W or less

31 W or less

14 W

12 W

11 W

13 W

10 W

8W

4.3 W

7W

7W

7W

6W

6W

6W

2.6 W

8.4 W or less

42 A or less(2 ms, ambient
temperature: 25 °C,
under the maximum load)

5 A or less
(20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

60 A or less(2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Inrush current

GT2510-VTBD
GT2510-VTWD
GT2510F-VTND

GT2512-STBD
GT2512F-STND

20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

10 ms or less

Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Noise immunity

Withstand voltage

1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance

Noise voltage: 1000 Vp‑p,noise width: 1 μs,
measured by a noise
simulator with noise
frequency ranging from
30 Hz to 100 Hz
500 V AC for 1 minuteacross power terminals
and earth

350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MW or more by an insulation resistance tester

Specifications
Item

GT2508-VTBA
GT2508-VTBD

GT2508-VTWA
GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-VTNA
GT2508F-VTND

8.4"

Screen size

5.7"
VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Resolution

170.9(6.73) (W) × 128.2(5.05) (H) mm(inch)

Display size

65536 colors

Display color

32 levels

Brightness adjustment
Backlight life *4

Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)
Analog resistive film

Type
Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *9 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Black

Panel color

White

User memory

—

Black

Memory for storage (ROM) *13: 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 80 MB

User memory capacity
Life (number of write
times)

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Battery

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Data to be backed up
Life
RS-232
RS-422/485

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)
1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)
1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)
1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Ethernet
USB (host)
Built-in interface
USB (device)

2 channels (front face, rear face)

1 channel (rear face)

1 channel (front face)

1 channel (rear face)

1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B
1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface
Side interface

For installing a communication unit or an option unit—

For installing a communication unit—

Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

2 colors (blue and orange)

POWER LED

Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

SD memory card *13

Protective structure *6

Specifications*3 *128LED (not replaceable)

Backlight

Key size

115.2(4.54) (W) × 86.4(3.40) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

Touch panel

GT2505-VTBD

TFT color LCD

Display device

Front: IP67F *7 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

Front: IP67F *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

Front: IP67F *8 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

CE, ATEX *11, UL, cUL, Class I Division 2,

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

EAC, KC, KCs *11

External dimensions

241(9.49) (W) × 194(7.64) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

236(9.29) (W) × 185(7.28) (H) ×54(2.13) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

227(8.94) (W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)

194(7.64) (W) × 158(6.22) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)

1.5(3.3) kg(lb)Compatible software package

Front: IP67F *7 *10
Inside control panel: IP2X

164(6.46) (W) × 139(5.47) (H) ×53.5(2.11) (D) mm(inch)
153(6.02) (W) × 121(4.76) (H) mm(inch)
0.6(1.3) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*7

To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark or the [PULL] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.)*8*9

To conform to IP67F attach the environmental protection sheet.
The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended.
• Key size: 16 × 16 dots or larger • Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*10 The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS C 0920.
*11 ATEX and KCs are supported by GT2510-VTWD and GT2508-VTWD (24 V DC power supply type) only.
*12 Repeatedly touching the outer edge of the actual display area may cause the product to fail.
*13 While writing data to the memory for storage (ROM) or an SD memory card, if GOT is powered off, the data may be corrupted which may cause the GOT to stop operating.

103

Specifications
GT25 Wide
General specifications
Item

Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1

0 ºC to 55 ºC

Storage ambient temperature-20 ºC to 60 ºC

Operating ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Storage ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Vibration resistanceCompliant with
JIS B 3502 andIEC 61131-2

Frequency

Acceleration

Half amplitude

Sweep countUnder intermittent
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

3.5 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2—

10 times in each
X, Y, or Z direction

Under continuous
vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz—

1.75 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2—

Operating atmosphere

Includes the temperature inside the enclosure of the control
panel to which the GOT is installed.

*2

Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than theatmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a
malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control
panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and thetouch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive
enough or the sheet to come off.

*3

This indicates the section of the power supply to which theequipment is assumed to be connected between the public
electrical power distribution network and the machinery within
the premises. Category II applies to equipment that is suppliedwith power from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage forthe equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*4This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in
an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2
indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution
occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

—

Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Shock resistance*1

No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *2

2000 m or lessInstallation location

Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *3

II or less

Pollution degree *42 or less

Cooling method

Self-cooling
Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional
area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

GroundingOperate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity, and vibrations.
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications [ABS/
BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Performance specifications
Item

Specifications
GT2510-WXTBD
10.1" Wide

Screen size
Resolution

WXGA: 1280 × 800 dots

Display size

216.96(8.54) (W) × 135.6(5.34) (H) mm(inch)
16-dot standard font: 80 characters × 50 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 106 characters × 66 lines (two-byte characters)

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

65536 colors

Display color

32 levels

Brightness adjustment

LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight

8

Backlight life *4
Touch panel

Key size*3 *11

Simultaneous press

Analog resistive film
Minimum 2 × 2 dots *8 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Specifications

1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)Life

Silver *10

Black

Panel color
User memory capacity
Life (number of write
times)

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB
100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 ºC)

Battery

Data to be backed up

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

Life

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 ºC)

GT11-50BAT lithium battery

RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet
USB (host)
Built-in interface USB (device)
SD memory card *12
Wireless LAN
communication unit
interface
Sound output interface
Buzzer output
POWER LED
Protective structure *6
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

2 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)1 channel (rear face)
Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)
Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B
1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)
For installing a wireless LAN communication unit
1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral)
applicable plug: Φ3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)
Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)
2 colors (blue and orange)
Front: IP67F *7 *9 Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

252(9.92) (W) × 194(7.64) (H) × 48(1.89) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

243.5(9.59) (W) × 185.5(7.30) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)Compatible software package

104

Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25°C, display intensity: 50%)

Type

User memory

GT2510-WXTSD
TFT color LCD

Display device

1.2(2.6) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*1

As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, theappearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena arecharacteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2

Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3

When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches. The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.
• Material: polyacetal resin • Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4

To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight.

*5

If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate unexpectedly. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time orsoaked in oil mist.

Specifications

Power supply specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2510-WXTBDGT2510-WXTSD

GT2507-WTBD
GT2507-WTSD

Power supply voltage

24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Under the maximum load
Power
Main unit
consumption
Main unit (backlight OFF)16 W or less
9W
5W
59 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Inrush current
Permissible instantaneous power
failure time
Noise immunity

5 ms or less
Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage

350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance

500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Item

Specifications
GT2507-WTBD
7" WideScreen size
Resolution

WVGA: 800 × 480 dots

Display size

152.40(6.00) (W) × 91.44(3.60) (H) mm (inch)
16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

65536 colors

Display color

32 levels

Brightness adjustment

LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight
Backlight life *4

Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25°C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel

Key size*3 *11

Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *8 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
Silver *10

Black
Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 32 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 128 MB

User memory capacity
Life (number of write
times)

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 ºC)

Battery

Data to be backed up

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

Life

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 ºC)

GT11-50BAT lithium battery

RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet

2 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)USB (host)
Built-in interface USB (device)

1 channel (rear face)
Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)
Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD memory card *12
Wireless LAN
communication unit
interface
Sound output interface
Buzzer output
POWER LED
Protective structure *6
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)
For installing a wireless LAN communication unit
1 channel, WAV format (16 bits, 8.000 kHz/16.000 kHz, monoral)
applicable plug: Φ3.5 stereo mini-plug (3-prong)
Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)
2 colors (blue and orange)
Front: IP67F *7 *9 Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

189(7.44) (W) × 142(5.59) (H) × 48(1.89) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

180.5(7.11) (W) × 133.5(5.26) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)Compatible software package
*7
*8
*9

Specifications

1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)Life
Panel color

8

Analog resistive film

Type

User memory

GT2507-WTSD
TFT color LCD

Display device

0.75(1.7) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later

To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PULL] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.)
The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended.
• Key size: 16 × 16 dots or larger • Distance between keys: 16 dots or more
The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS C 0920.

*10 The lower part of the panel including the USB environmental protection cover is black.
*11 Repeatedly touching the outer edge of the actual display area may cause the product to fail.
*12 While writing data to the memory for storage (ROM) or an SD memory card, if GOT is powered off, the data may be corrupted which may cause the GOT to stop operating.

105

Specifications
GT23
General specifications
Item

Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1

0 ºC to 55 ºC

Storage ambient temperature–20 ºC to 60 ºC

Operating ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Vibration resistanceCompliant with
JIS B 3502 andIEC 61131-2

Under intermittent
vibration
Under continuous
vibration

Frequency

Acceleration

Half amplitude

Sweep count5 to 8.4 Hz—

3.5 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2—

10 times in each
X, Y, or Z direction

5 to 8.4 Hz—

1.75 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2—*1

Includes the temperature inside the enclosure of the control
panel to which the GOT is installed.

*2

If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 °C, the absolute
humidity must not exceed 90% RH at 40 °C.

*3

Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than theatmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a
malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control
panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and thetouch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive
enough or the sheet to come off.

*4

This indicates the section of the power supply to which theequipment is assumed to be connected between the public
electrical power distribution network and the machinery within
the premises. Category II applies to equipment that is suppliedwith power from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage forthe equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in
an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2
indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution
occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

—

Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Shock resistanceOperating atmosphereNo greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3

2000 m or lessInstallation location

Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4

II or less

Pollution degree *52 or less

Cooling method

Self-cooling
Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional
area of 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

GroundingOperate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity, and vibrations.
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications [ABS/
BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Performance specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2310-VTBA
GT2310-VTBD

GT2308-VTBA
GT2308-VTBD
TFT color LCD

Display device

10.4"

Screen size

8.4"
VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Resolution
Display size

211.2(8.31) (W) × 158.4(6.24) (H) mm(inch)

170.9(6.73) (W) × 128.2(5.05) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

65536 colors

Display color

16 levels

Brightness adjustment

LED (not replaceable)

Backlight

8

Backlight life *4

Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)
Analog resistive film

TypeSpecifications

Touch panel

Key size*3 *9

Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *7 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Black

Panel color

Memory for storage (ROM) *10: 9 MB
Memory for operation (RAM): 9 MB

User memory capacity
User memory

Life (number of write
times)

100000 times

Built-in clock precision±90 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Battery

SRAM data, clock data, system status log data

GT11-50BAT lithium battery (option)
Data to be backed up

Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Life
RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)
1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Ethernet

1 channel (rear face)

Built-in interface USB (host)

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (rear face)

USB (device)

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD memory card *10

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)
Single tone (tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

2 colors (blue and orange)

POWER LED

Front: IP67F *8 Inside control panel: IP2X

Protective structure *6
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

303(11.93) (W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 56(2.20) (D) mm(inch)

241(9.49) (W) × 194(7.64) (H) × 56(2.20) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

289(11.38) (W) × 200(7.87) (H) mm(inch)

227(8.94) (W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)

1.9(4.2) kg(lb)Compatible software package

106

1.5(3.3) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*1

As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, theappearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena arecharacteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.

*2

Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3

When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches. The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.
• Material: polyacetal resin • Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4

To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight.

*5

If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate unexpectedly. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time orsoaked in oil mist.

*7

The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended.
• Key size: 16 × 16 dots or larger • Distance between keys: 16 dots or more

*8

The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS C 0920.

*9

Repeatedly touching the outer edge of the actual display area may cause the product to fail.

*10 While writing data to the memory for storage (ROM) or an SD memory card, if GOT is powered off, the data may be corrupted which may cause the GOT to stop operating.

Specifications

Power supply specifications
Item

Specifications
GT2310-VTBA

Power supply voltage

Inrush current
Permissible instantaneous power
failure time

GT2310-VTBD

100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, –15%)

Power supply frequency
Under the maximum load
Power
Main unit
consumption
Main unit (backlight OFF)GT2308-VTBA

GT2308-VTBD
24 V DC (+25%, –20%)

50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)—

18 W or less

11 W or less

16 W or less

15 W

9W

13 W

8W

8W

6W

7W

6W

40 A or less
(4 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

11 W or less

40 A or less(2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

10 ms or less

Noise immunity

Noise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Noise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to 60 Hz

Withstand voltage

1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance

500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MW or more by an insulation resistance tester

8
Specifications
107

Specifications
GT21/GT21 Wide
General specifications
Item

Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1

0 °C to 55 °C (horizontal installation), 0 °C to 50 °C (vertical installation)

Storage ambient temperature–20 ºC to 60 ºC

Operating ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity

10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Compliant with
JIS B 3502 andIEC 61131-2

Vibration resistance

Under intermittent
vibration
Under continuous
vibration

Frequency

Acceleration

Half amplitude

Sweep count5 to 8.4 Hz—

3.5 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

9.8 m/s2—

10 times in each
X, Y, or Z direction

5 to 8.4 Hz—

1.75 mm

8.4 to 150 Hz

4.9 m/s2—*1

Includes the temperature inside the enclosure of the control
panel to which the GOT is installed.

*2

If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 °C, the absolute
humidity must not exceed 90% RH at 40 °C.

*3

Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than theatmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m. Doing so may cause a
malfunction. Air purging by applying pressure to the control
panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and thetouch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive
enough or the sheet to come off.

*4

This indicates the section of the power supply to which theequipment is assumed to be connected between the public
electrical power distribution network and the machinery within
the premises. Category II applies to equipment that is suppliedwith power from fixed facilities. The withstand surge voltage forthe equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in
an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2
indicates an environment where only non-conductive pollution
occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation shall be expected depending on the conditions.

*65 V DC type does not require grounding.

—Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Shock resistanceOperating atmosphereNo greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust, and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3

2000 m or lessInstallation location

Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4

II or less

Pollution degree *52 or less

Cooling method

Self-cooling
GT2104, GT2103: Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a crosssectional area of 0.14 to 1.5 mm2 (single wire), 0.14 to 1.0 mm2 (stranded wire), or 0.25 to 0.5 mm2 (rod terminal with aninsulation sleeve). If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.*6
GT2107-W: Grounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less by using a ground cable that has a cross-sectional areaof 2 mm2 or more. If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

GroundingOperate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity, and vibrations.
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications [ABS/
BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Performance specifications
Item
Display device

GT2103-PMBD

GT2103-PMBDS

TFT color LCD
4.3"

3.8"

Resolution

480 × 272 dots

320 × 128 dots

Display size

95.0(3.74) (W) × 53.8(2.12) (H) mm(inch)

89.0(3.50) (W) × 35.6(1.40) (H) mm(inch)

16-dot standard font: 30 characters× 17 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 40 characters× 22 lines (two-byte characters)

16-dot standard font: 20 characters × 8 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 26 characters × 10 lines (two-byte characters)

65536 colors

Monochrome (black/white) 32 shade grayscale

LED (not replaceable)

5-color LED (white, green, pink, orange, red) (not replaceable)

Display color
Brightness adjustment
Backlight

Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Specifications

Analog resistive film

Type
Touch panel

Key size*3 *11

Simultaneous press

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *9 (per key)
Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Life

Black

Panel color
User memory capacity

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 9 MB

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 3 MB
100000 times

Life (number of write times)

GT11-50BAT lithium battery
Battery

Data to be backed up
Life—

SRAM data, clock data—

Approx. 5 years(ambient temperature: 25 °C)—
2 channels Transmission speed:
1 channel Transmission speed:
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
9600, 4800 bps Connector shape:
9600, 4800 bps Connector shape:
9-pin connector terminal block,
MINI-DIN 6-pin (female)
MINI-DIN 6-pin (female)

RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed:
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
9600, 4800 bps Connector shape:
9-pin connector terminal blockRS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed:
1 channel Transmission speed:
1 channel Transmission speed:
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape:
9-pin connector terminal block
9-pin connector terminal block
5-pin connector terminal block—1 channel Transmission speed:
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200,
9600, 4800 bps Connector shape:
9-pin connector terminal block *13—

RS-422Ethernet

1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T
Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)—1 channel (rear face)

USB (device)
SD memory card *12

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B
1 channel, SDHC compliant(maximum 32 GB)

1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB) *6

Front: IP67F *10 Inside control panel: IP2X

Protective structure *7
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)108

CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

128(5.04) (W) × 102(4.02) (H) ×40(1.57) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

118(4.65) (W) × 92(3.62) (H) mm(inch)

Compatible software package

*2
*3

—

Single tone (tone length adjustable)

Buzzer output

Weight (excluding a fitting)——

Built-in interface*1

GT2103-PMBLS

32 levels

Backlight life *4

User memory

GT2103-PMBDS2

TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

8Specifications
GT2104-RTBD

0.4(0.88) kg(lb)

113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.91) (H) ×32(1.26) (D) mm(inch)

113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.91) (H) × 27(1.06) (D) mm(inch) *8

113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.91) (H) ×27(1.06) (D) mm(inch)

105(4.13) (W) × 66(2.60) (H) mm(inch)
0.2(0.44) kg(lb)0.18(0.40) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later

As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel. Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, theappearance of bright and dark dots cannot be reduced to zero. Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering. Note that these phenomena arecharacteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or damaged.
Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.
When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches. The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.
• Material: polyacetal resin • Tip radius: 0.8 mm or moreSpecifications

Power supply specifications
Specifications
Item

GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBD

Power supply voltage

GT2103-PMBDS

GT2103-PMBDS2

24 V DC (+10%, –15%)

Power supply frequency

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD

5 V DC (+5%, –5%)
Power from the PLC

24 V DC (+10%, -15%)

11.3 W or less—

Under the maximum load
Powerconsumption Main unit (backlight OFF)

4.4 W or less

2.6 W or less

1.9 W or less

2.2 W or less

1.1 W or less

2.9 W

2.0 W

1.3 W

1.6 W

0.7 W

7.0 W

—

35 A or less(3 ms, ambient temperature:
25 °C, under the maximum
load)

—

5 ms or less

18 A or less(2 ms, ambient temperature:
25 °C, under the maximum
load)

Inrush current

GT2103-PMBLS

Permissible instantaneous power
failure time

30 A or less
(1 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)
5 ms or less
Noise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 ms,
measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz to 100 Hz

Noise immunity
Withstand voltage

500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth—

500 V AC for 1 minute acrosspower terminals and earth

Insulation resistance

500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MW or more by an insulation resistance tester—

500 V DC across power
terminals and earth, 10 MW
or more by an insulation
resistance tester

Item

Specifications
GT2107-WTBD

Screen size

7" WideResolution

WVGA: 800 × 480 dots
152.40(6.00) (W) × 91.44(3.60) (H) mm (inch)

Display size

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)
12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display section Number of displayed*1 *2characters

65536 colors

Display color

32 levels

Brightness adjustment

LED (not replaceable)

Backlight
Backlight life *4

Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)
Analog resistive film

Type
Key size*3 *11

Simultaneous press

Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)
1 million touches or more (operating force: 0.98 N or less)Life

Silver *15

Black

Panel color
User memory capacity
Life (number of write times)

Built-in clock precision

Memory for storage (ROM) *12: 15 MB
100000 times±45 seconds/month (ambient temperature: 25 °C)
GT11-50BAT lithium battery

Battery

Data to be backed up
Life

SRAM data, clock data
Approx. 5 years (ambient temperature: 25 °C)

RS-232

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/485

1 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

RS-422—Ethernet

1 channel Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T
Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

Built-in interface
USB (host)USB (device)
SD memory card *12
Buzzer output
Protective structure *7
Safety standards, radio laws (as of
October 2017)

1 channel (rear face)
Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A
1 channel (front face)
Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B
1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)
Single tone (tone length adjustable)
Front: IP67F *10 *14 Inside control panel: IP2X
CE, UL, cUL, EAC, KC

External dimensions

189(7.44) (W) × 142(5.59) (H) × 48(1.89) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions

180.5(7.11) (W) × 133.5(5.26) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting)Compatible software package
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*11
*12
*13
*14
*15

8

Minimum 2 × 2 dots *9 (per key)

Specifications

Touch panel

User memory

GT2107-WTSD
TFT color LCD

Display device

0.7(1.54) kg(lb)GT Works3 Version1.180N or later

To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the backlight.
If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate unexpectedly. Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.
The SD memory card unit (GT21-03SDCD), sold separately, needs to be mounted.
Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users’ environments. The GOT may not be used in certain environments where it is subjected to splashing oil or chemicals for a long period of time orsoaked in oil mist.
The dimension when the SD memory card unit (GT21-03SDCD) is mounted is 113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.91) (H) × 32(1.26) (D) mm(inch).
The minimum size of a key that can be arranged. To ensure safe use of the product, the following settings are recommended.
• Key size: 16 × 16 dots or larger
The suffix "F" of IP67F is a symbol that indicates protection rate against oil. It is described in the Appendix of Japanese Industrial Standard JIS C 0920.
Repeatedly touching the outer edge of the actual display area may cause the product to fail.
While writing data to the memory for storage (ROM) or an SD memory card, if GOT is powered off, the data may be corrupted which may cause the GOT to stop operating.
Use a 3 m or shorter cable.
To conform to IP67F, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PULL] mark firmly. (The GOT conforms to IP2X when the USB environmental protection cover is open.)
The lower part of the panel including the USB environmental protection cover is black.

109

Specifications
GT27/GT25* For the external dimensions and panel cut dimensions of GT25 wide models, please refer to page 112.

External dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

GT2712/GT2512

316 (12.44)

GT2708/GT2508

218 (8.58)

199 (7.83)

246 (9.69)

208 (8.19)

6(0.24)

6(0.24)

10(0.39)

228 (8.98)

52 (2.05)

10(0.39)

241 (9.49)

52 (2.05)

382 (15.04)

303 (11.93)

10(0.39)

241 (9.49)

227 (8.94)
10(0.39)

6 (0.24)

46 (1.81)

10(0.39)
60 (2.36)

322 (12.68)

10(0.39)

GT2710/GT2510-V

10(0.39)

397 (15.63)
322 (12.68)

300 (11.81)

281 (11.06)

10(0.39)

20 (0.79)

GT2715301 (11.85)

288 (11.34)* Human sensor is on GT2712 only.

GT2705

GT2505117 (4.61)

226 (8.90)

22(0.87)

139 (5.47)

122 (4.80)

53.5 (2.11)

6(0.24)

139 (5.47)
6(0.24)

60 (2.36)

10(0.39)

120 (4.72)

194 (7.64)
52 (2.05)

164 (6.46)
122 (4.80)

10(0.39)

37.5(1.48)

120 (4.72)

171.6(6.76)

89(3.50)
167 (6.57)

10(0.39)

37.5(1.48)
10(0.39)

166 (6.54)

6(0.24)

10(0.39)

175 (6.89)

10(0.39)

241 (9.49)

22(0.87)

152 (5.98)

152 (5.98)

8Specifications

Panel cut dimensions
Screen size

Unit: mm (inch)

Model

A

B

Remarks

15"

GT2715383.5(15.10)282.5(11.12)Same dimensions as GT1695, GT1595.

12.1"

GT2712GT2512302(11.89)228(8.98)

Same dimensions as GT1685, GT1585, A985GOT.

10.4"

GT2710GT2510-V

289(11.38)200(7.87)

Same dimensions as GT167, GT157, GT1275,
A97GOT.

8.4"

GT2708GT2508227(8.94)

176(6.93)

Same dimensions as GT166, GT156, GT1265.

5.7"

GT2705
GT2505153(6.02)

121(4.76)

Same dimensions as GT1655, GT155, GT145,GT115, GT105, F940GOT.

GT27/GT25+2 (0.08)

A 0 (0)Panel opening

110* Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm
			(0.06 inch to 0.16 inch)+2 (0.08)

B 0 (0)Specifications
GT25 Open Frame
External dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

GT2512F

GT2510F
347 (13.66)
311 (12.24)

54 (2.13)

GT2508F
334 (13.15)
298 (11.73)

54 (2.13)272 (10.71)
236 (9.29)

185 (7.28)

221 (8.70)

175 (6.89)

245 (9.65)

209 (8.23)

199 (7.83)

237 (9.33)

273 (10.75)

227 (8.94)

54 (2.13)

226 (8.90)

288 (11.34)

301 (11.85)* Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

Panel cut dimensions/Measurements based on the screen center
X2

Y1

Y2

(111(4.37))

134.5(5.30)(+1(0.04), 0(0))(134.5(5.30))

12.1"

GT2512F

10.4"

GT2510F

187(7.36)
234(9.21)
89.5(3.52)(+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+1(0.04), 0(0))(97.5(3.84))

117(4.61)(+1(0.04), 0(0))(117(4.61))

8.4"

GT2508F

158(6.22)
194(7.64)
75.25(2.96)(+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+1(0.04), 0(0))(82.75(3.26))

97.5(3.84)(+1(0.04), 0(0))(96.5(3.80))

10.4"GT2510F

105.5(4.15)±
0.15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±
0.15(0.01)0(0)58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

8.4"GT2508F

64.5(2.54)±
0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±
0.15(0.01)—

58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

Screen size

Model

12.1"

Distance between studs *Screencenter

Stud

C2

C3

C4

C5

GT2512F

98(3.86)±0.15(0.01)

113(4.45)±
0.15(0.01)

7.5(0.30)±
0.15(0.01)

160(6.30)±
0.15(0.01)

175(6.89)±
0.15(0.01)

10.4"

GT2510F

105.5(4.15)±
0.15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±
0.15(0.01)0(0)161(6.34)±
0.15(0.01)

161(6.34)±
0.15(0.01)

8.4"GT2508F

64.5(2.54)±
0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±
0.15(0.01)—

126(4.96)±
0.15(0.01)

134(5.28)±
0.15(0.01)

Screen size

Model

GT2512F

C1

C4

Screencenter79.5(3.13)±
0.15(0.01)

A3

C3

D4

75.5(2.97)±
0.15(0.01)

D3

Stud

10.4"

8.4"

GT2510F

GT2508F

104.5(4.11)±
0.15(0.01)

118.5(4.67)±
0.15(0.01)
104.5(4.11)±
0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)
58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

X2
B2

C2

D3

132.5(5.22)±
0.15(0.01)

C5

D2

128.5(5.06)±
0.15(0.01)

D158(2.28)±0.15(0.01)
58(2.28)±0.15(0.01)

Panel
opening

X
X1
B1

Distance between studs *D1

114.5(4.51)±
0.15(0.01)

C2
C5

Back of the control panel· Vertical

12.1"

C3

C1
C4

Y

C1

Y2
A2

A3

D2

GT2512F

Y
Y1
A1

D4

12.1"

· Horizontal

D3

B2
79.5(3.13)±
0.15(0.01)

D1

B175.5(2.97)±
0.15(0.01)

Y1

A3
7.5(0.30)±
0.15(0.01)

X2

A2
113(4.45)±
0.15(0.01)

XA1
98(3.86)±0.15(0.01)

X1

Model

Specifications

Screen size

8

GT25 Open Frame

Distance between studs *

A1

X1

A2

Y

D4
D2

Y2

X

214(8.43)
269(10.59)
103(4.06)(+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+2(0.08), 0(0)) (+2(0.08), 0(0))

B2

Model

Unit: mm (inch)

Measurements based on the screen center

B1

Screen size

Panel cutting dimensions

Panel
opening

Back of the control panel* Panel thickness: 1.5 mm to 4 mm
			(0.06 inch to 0.16 inch)* To mount the GOT on the control panel, studs are necessary. Align the studs with the installation holes of the fittings, and install the studs.
The fittings must be installed on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT. For GT2512F, you are recommended to install the fittings on the long sides of the GOT.

111

Specifications
GT25 Wide
External dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

GT2510-WX

GT2507-W

142 (5.59)

23.5(0.93)

142 (5.59)

22(0.87)

48(1.89)

48(1.89)

6(0.24)

10(0.39)

24.5(0.96)

145 (5.71)

6(0.24)133 (5.24)
203 (7.99)

189 (7.44)

10(0.39)

24.5(0.96)

194 (7.64)

203 (7.99)

10(0.39)

185 (7.28)

10(0.39)

252 (9.92)

180 (7.09)

243(9.57)

Panel cut dimensions
Screen size

Unit: mm (inch)

Model

A

B

Remarks

10.1" Wide

GT2510-WX

243.5(9.59)

185.5(7.30)—

7" WideGT2507-W

180.5(7.11)

133.5(5.26)—

GT25 Wide+1 (0.04)

A 0 (0)Panel opening

8
Specifications
112* Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm
			(0.06 inch to 0.16 inch)+1 (0.04)

B 0 (0)Specifications
GT23
External dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

GT2310GT230810(0.39)

194 (7.64)

166 (6.54)

166 (6.54)

6(0.24)

6(0.24)

56 (2.20)

228 (8.98)

56 (2.20)

241 (9.49)

10(0.39)

218 (8.58)

175 (6.89)

208 (8.19)

10(0.39)

199 (7.83)

10(0.39)

303 (11.93)

226 (8.90)

288 (11.34)

Panel cut dimensions
Screen size

Unit: mm (inch)

Model

A

B

Remarks

10.4"

GT2310289(11.38)200(7.87)

Same dimensions as GT167, GT157, GT1275,
A97GOT.

8.4"

GT2308227(8.94)

176(6.93)

Same dimensions as GT166, GT156, GT1265.

GT23+2 (0.08)

A 0 (0)Panel opening* Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm
			(0.06 inch to 0.16 inch)+2 (0.08)

B 0 (0)8Specifications
113

Specifications
GT21
External dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

GT2103-PMBD

9.5(0.37)

64(2.52)

74(2.91)

64(2.52)
113(4.45)

4(0.16)
27(1.06)

4(0.16)

Panel cut dimensions

19(0.75)

21(0.83)

9.5(0.37)

64(2.52)
113(4.45)

74(2.91)

9.5(0.37)

64(2.52)

104(4.09)

117(4.61)

2.9(0.11)

21(0.83)

65(2.56)
9.5(0.37)

40(1.57)

4.5(0.18)

102(4.02)

9.5(0.37)

78(3.07)
128(5.04)

19(0.75)

65(2.56)

9.5(0.37)

9.5(0.37)

78(3.07)

20.5(0.81)

91(3.58)
9.5(0.37)

18.5(0.73)

27(1.06)

9.5(0.37)

GT2103-PMBDS/GT2103-PMBDS2/GT2103-PMBLS

32(1.26)

GT2104-RTBD

104(4.09)

Unit: mm (inch)

Screen size

Model

A

B

Remarks

4.3"

GT2104118(4.65)

92(3.62)—

3.8"

GT2103105(4.13)

66(2.60)GT21+1 (0.04)

A 0 (0)Same dimensions as GT1020.

Panel opening+1 (0.04)

B 0 (0)* Panel thickness: 1 mm to 4 mm
			(0.04 inch to 0.16 inch)

GT21 Wide
Unit: mm (inch)

10(0.39)

GT2107-W

189 (7.44)
145 (5.71)
142 (5.59)

22(0.87)

142 (5.59)
6(0.24)

23.5(0.93)

48(1.89)

10(0.39)

Specifications

External dimensions

133 (5.24)

8180 (7.09)

Panel cut dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

Screen size

Model

A

B

Remarks

7" WideGT2107-W

180.5(7.11)

133.5(5.26)—

GT21 Wide+1 (0.04)

A 0 (0)Panel opening

114* Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm
			(0.06 inch to 0.16 inch)+1 (0.04)

B 0 (0)Specifications
GT27
Components names
GT2715/GT2712
7)

1)2)
6)

27) 8)

7)

9)
10)
11)
12)
27)
13)
14)
15)
16)

27)

5)
20)

3)4)

7) 28)

GT2710
7) 9)

8)

7)

10)
11)
12)
27)
13)
14)
15)
16)

27)
5)

20)

3)4)
7) 28)

19) 18) 7)
23)
17)GT2708
7)

8)

9)

7)

20)

14)

3)4)

USB interface (host/front face)4)

USB interface (device/front face)		 * Excluding white model
5)

POWER LED6)

Human sensor

7)

Unit installation fitting

8)

Reset switch

9)

S.MODE switch10)

SD memory card access LED

11)

SD memory card interface (inside the cover)12)

SD memory card cover

13)

Battery (inside the cover)

14)

Side interface (inside the cover)15)

USB interface (host/rear face)

16)

Cable clamp mounting hole17)

Terminating resistor setting switch(inside the cover)18)

Auxiliary extension interface

19)

Extension interface

20)

Vertical installation arrow mark21)

Power terminal

22)

Ethernet interface

23)

Ethernet communication status LED

24)

RS-232 interface25)

RS-422/485 interface

26)

USB interface (device/rear face)
*

27)

15)
28)

7) 28) 19) 18) 7)
17)
23)
16) 26) 25) 24) 22) 21)

White model only

Special fitting installation hole*

White model only*

Special fittings are sold separately

Rating plate

8
Specifications

10)11)12)13)
5)

3)

		 * Excluding white model* GT27 only (excluding GT2705)

26) 25) 24) 22) 21)

1)2)

Display section
Touch panel

		 * GT2715, GT2712 only19) 18) 17) 7)
23) 27)26) 25) 24) 22) 21)

1)2)

1)
2)

GT2705

28)

7)

1)2)

7)

9)

7)

14)

5)

8)
10)
11)12)13)

20)

3)4)

15)
19)7)23)7)17)25) 24) 22) 21)

115

Specifications
GT25* For the components names of GT25 wide models, please refer to page 117.

Components names
GT2512/GT2510-V
7)

1)2)

8)

7)

1)

Display section

9)

2)

Touch panel

10)
11)
12)

3)

USB interface (host/front face)		 *	Excluding white model, open frame model,

28)
20)

5)

13)
14)
15)
16)

3)4)

7) 29)

19)23)17) 7)

GT2508
7)

8)

7)

5)

POWER LED6)

Human sensor

19)
23)

7)

Unit installation fitting

8)

Reset switch

9)

S.MODE switch

10)11)12)13)

10)

SD memory card access LED

11)

SD memory card interface (inside the cover)12)

SD memory card cover

13)

Battery (inside the cover)

14)

Side interface (inside the cover)15)

		 * Excluding GT2505

7)
17)

15)

USB interface (host/rear face)

16)

Cable clamp mounting hole		 * Excluding GT2505

25) 24) 22) 21)

16) 26)

		 * Excluding white model, open frame model

		 * Excluding GT2505

14)

3)4)

7) 29)

17)

GT2505
7)

4)Specifications

22)

19)

21)

GT2512F/GT2510F

27)

1)2)

7) 27) 8)

27)

27)

7)
27)

10)
27)
11)12)
7)
5)
13)
14)
27)
15)
16)

* Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and leftof the GOT.

GT2508F
27) 7)

8) 27)

27)
20)
7)
27)

9)
10)
27)
11)12)13)
7)
5)
14)
27)
15)

27) 7) 19) 17) 27)
29) 23)26) 25) 24)22) 21)

Vertical installation arrow mark21)

Power terminal

22)

Ethernet interface

23)

Ethernet communication status LED

24)

RS-232 interface25)

RS-422/485 interface* Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and leftof the GOT.

USB interface (device/rear face)*27) 29)7) 27)19) 17) 27)
23)

1)2)

20)

26)

9)

26) 25) 24)22) 21)

Extension interface

		 * Excluding GT2505

7)15)13)17)

7)

Auxiliary extension interface* GT27 only (excluding GT2705)

30)11)12)
20)
8)
23)

24)
25)
5)

18)

31)29)10) 7)

20)

116

Terminating resistor setting switch(inside the cover)

1)2)

8

USB interface (device/front face)

9)

20)

5)

4)

		 * GT2715, GT2712 only

26) 25) 24) 22) 21)
1)2)GT250528)

27)

White model, open frame model only

Fitting installation hole
* Open frame model only

28)

Special fitting installation hole
* White model only
* Special fittings are sold separately

29)
30)

Rating plate
SD memory card access switch* GT2505 only

31)

USB cable fixing hole
* GT2505 onlySpecifications
GT25 Wide
Components names
GT2510-WX
5) 24) 12)

1)2)

7) 6)

5)
8)
9)
10)
13)

16)

3)

14)

4)
5)

11)15)

23) 5)

22) 21) 18)19) 17)
20)

13)
14)
15)

GT2507-W
5) 24) 12) 7) 6) 5)

1)2)

8)
9)
10)
13)
14)

16)
3)
4)
5)
22) 21) 18)19) 17)
20)

11)15) 23) 5)

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)

16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)
24)

Display section
Touch panel
USB interface (device/front face)
POWER LED
Unit installation fitting
Reset switch
S.MODE switch
SD memory card interface (inside the cover)SD memory card cover
SD memory card access LED
Battery (inside the cover)Wireless LAN communication unit interface(inside the cover)
USB interface (host/rear face)
Cable clamp mounting hole
Terminating resistor setting switch(inside the cover)
Vertical installation arrow markPower terminal
Ethernet interface (Port 1)
Ethernet interface (Port 2)
Ethernet communication status LED
RS-422/485 interface
RS-232 interface
Sound output interface
Rating plate

8
Specifications
117

Specifications
GT23
Components names
GT2310/GT2308

4)

5)
4)

7)
8)
9)

1)2)
14)

3)

4) 20) 17)13) 12) 4)
19)18)16) 15)

6)

10)
11)

1)

Display section

2)

Touch panel

3)

POWER LED

4)

Unit installation fitting

5)

S.MODE switch

6)

SD memory card access LED

7)

SD memory card interface (inside the cover)8)

SD memory card cover9)

USB interface (host)10)

USB interface (device)

11)

Cable clamp mounting hole12)

Terminating resistor setting switch(inside the cover)8
Specifications
118

13)

Battery (inside the cover)

14)

Vertical installation arrow mark

15)

Power terminal

16)

Ethernet interface

17)

Ethernet communication status LED

18)

RS-232 interface

19)

RS-422/485 interface

20)

Rating plate

Specifications
GT21
Components names
GT2104-RTBD9) 7) 14) 9)

1)2)
6)
3)
5)

15)
11)
10)
9) 8) 4)

12)

9)

1)

Display section

2)

Touch panel

3)

Ethernet interface

4)

RS-232 interface

5)

RS-422/485 interface* Excluding GT2103-PMBLS* RS-232 interface on GT2103-PMBDS2* RS-422 interface on GT2103-PMBLS

			 (dedicated to FX connection)

GT2103-PMBD
7) 15)

9)

1)2)

9)

Power terminal

7)

USB interface (device)

8)

Terminating resistor setting switch

9)

Unit installation fitting

10)

SD memory card interface (inside the cover)* Excluding GT2103-PMBLS

6)
5)* Excluding GT2103-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBLS3)9)8) 14)

13)

9)

GT2103-PMBDS/GT2103-PMBDS2/GT2103-PMBLS
9)9) 7) 15)

1)2)

6)

* Excluding GT2103

11)

SD memory card access LED

12)

Battery (inside the cover)13)

SD memory card unit connector (inside the cover)* GT2103 only (excluding GT2103-PMBLS)

6)
5)
4)
9) 8)

14)

Ethernet communication status LED

15)

Rating plate

13) 9)

8

Components names
GT2107-W
11)

1)2)

16)
11)
4) 10) 14)
12)
13)
8)
15)

7)
9)
11)

3) 6)

5)

11)

1)

Display section

2)

Touch panel

3)

Ethernet interface

4)

Ethernet communication status LED

5)

RS-232 interface

6)

RS-422/485 interface

7)

Power terminal

8)

USB interface (host/rear face)9)

USB interface (device/front face)10)

Terminating resistor setting switch

11)

Unit installation fitting

12)

SD memory card interface (inside the cover)13)

SD memory card access LED

14)

Battery (inside the cover)

15)

Cable clamp mounting hole

16)

Rating plate

Specifications

GT21 Wide

119

Specifications
Operating environment
MELSOFT GT Works3 Version1 (English Version) operating environment
Item

8Specifications
120

Description

Personal computer

Personal computer that Windows® runs on.

OS (English, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional
Chinese, Korean, or
German version)

Microsoft® Windows® 10 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *6 *7
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (Home) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *7
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5 *6
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5 *6
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Ultimate, Enterprise, Professional) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *3 *4Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Home Premium) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Starter) (32 bit) *1 *2
Microsoft® Windows Vista® (Ultimate, Enterprise, Business, Home Premium, Home Basic) (32 bit) Service Pack1 or later *1 *2
Microsoft® Windows® XP (Professional, Home Edition) (32 bit) Service Pack3 or later *1 *2

CPUIntel® Core™2 Duo Processor 2.0 GHz or more recommended

MemoryFor a 64-bit OS: 2 GB or more recommended
For a 32-bit OS: 1 GB or more recommended

Display

Resolution XGA (1024 × 768 dots) or higher

Hard disk space

For installation: 5 GB or more recommended
For execution: 512 MB or more recommended

Display color

High Color (16 bits) or higher

Other hardware

Use the hardware compatible with the above OS.
• For installation: mouse, keyboard, DVD-ROM drive• For execution: mouse, keyboard• For printing: printerUse the following hardware when required.
• For simulation (only when outputting the buzzer sound): sound card, speaker

Compatible GOT

GOT2000 Series, GOT1000 Series

Applicable software
version

GT Works3 Version1.180N or later*1

For installation, the standard user or administrator account is required.
For installation on Windows® XP, the administrator authority is required.
To interact GT Designer3 with other MELSOFT applications which are used under the administrator authority, use GT Designer3 under the administrator authority.

*2

The following functions are not supported.
• Application start in Windows compatibility mode
• Fast user switching• Change your desktop themes (fonts)• Remote desktop• DPI setting other than the normal size (For Windows® XP and Windows Vista®)• Setting the size of text and illustrations on the screen to any size other than [Small-100%] (For Windows® 10, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8, and Windows® 7)*3

Windows XP Mode is not supported.

*4

The touch feature is not supported.

*5

Modern UI Style is not supported.

*6

Hyper-V is not supported.

*7

Tablet mode is not supported.

Specifications
Operating environment
GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 (English Version) operating environment
Item

Description

Personal computer

Personal computer that Windows® runs on.
PPC-852-21G and PPC-852-22F manufactured by CONTEC CO., LTD *8

OS (English, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional
Chinese, Korean, or
German version)

Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise 2016 LTSB (64 bit) (English OPK, language pack installation is recommended for the language to be used) *1 *2 *4 *6 * 11 * 12
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *6
Microsoft® Windows® 10 (Home) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5 *6
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (Enterprise, Pro) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5 *6
Microsoft® Windows® 8 (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4 *5
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Ultimate, Enterprise, Professional) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *3 *4Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Home Premium) (64 bit/32 bit) *1 *2 *4
Microsoft® Windows® 7 (Starter) (32 bit) *1 *2
Microsoft® Windows Vista® (Ultimate, Enterprise, Business, Home Premium, Home Basic) (32 bit) Service Pack1 or later *1 *2
Microsoft® Windows® XP (Professional, Home Edition) (32 bit) Service Pack3 or later *1 *2
Microsoft® Windows® XP Embedded (32 bit) *1 *2 *7

CPUIntel® Core™2 Duo Processor 2.0 GHz or more recommended

MemoryFor a 64-bit OS: 2 GB or more recommended
For a 32-bit OS: 1 GB or more recommended

Display

Resolution XGA (1024 × 768 dots) or higher

Hard disk space *9

For installation: 5 GB or more recommended
For execution: 512 MB or more recommended

Display color

High Color (16 bits) or higher

Hardware

GT27-SGTKEY-U (license key (for USB port))

Other software

The following software is required to create the project data.
• GT Designer3 Version1.100E or later *10
The following software is required for interaction with PX Developer.
• PX Developer Version1.40S or later• GT Designer3 Version1.105K or later *10
The following software is required to connect with GX Simulator.
• GX Simulator Version5.00A or later
The following software is required to connect with GX Simulator2.
• GX Works2 Version1.12N or later
The following software is required to connect with GX Simulator3.
• GX Works3 Version1.007H or later
The following software is required to connect with MT Simulator2.
• MT Works2 Version1.70Y or later

Other hardware

Use the hardware compatible with the above OS.
• For installation: mouse, keyboard, DVD-ROM drive• For execution: mouse, keyboard• For printing: printerPrepare the following hardware if necessary.
• For execution (only when outputting buzzer sound or others): sound function, speaker

Administrator authority is required for installing and using GT SoftGOT2000.
To use GT SoftGOT2000 with another application that runs with administrator authority, GT SoftGOT2000 must also run with administrator authority.

*2

The following functions are not supported.
• Application start in Windows compatibility mode
• Fast user switching• Change your desktop themes (fonts)• Remote desktop• DPI setting other than the normal size (For Windows® XP and Windows Vista®)• Setting the size of text and illustrations on the screen to any size other than [Small-100%] (For Windows® 10, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8, and Windows® 7)*3

Windows XP Mode is not supported.

*4

Only tapping operation is available.

*5

Modern UI Style is not supported.

*6

Hyper-V is not supported.

*7

For using the PPC-852-22F, GT SoftGOT2000 can be used on the PPC-852-22F with the OS preinstalled only.

*8

Refer to the manual of the PC CPU module to be used.

*9

When using GT Designer3 or PX Developer besides GT SoftGOT2000, additional free space is required.
For the available space required when using GT Designer3, please refer to the GT Works3 operating environment.
For the available space required when using monitor tool functions of PX Developer, please refer to the following manual.
⇒ PX Developer Version  Operating Manual (Monitor Tool)
When using a user-created application, free space is required separately.

8
Specifications*1*10 Use GT Designer3 included in GT Works3 that contains GT SoftGOT2000.
*11 The following OSs are not supported.
• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise for Retail or Thin Client• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise for Tablets• Microsoft® Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise for Small Tablets*12 The environments that use the following lockdown features are not supported.
• UWF (Unified Write Filter)• Assigned Access• USB Filter• Layout Control• AppLocker• Shell Launcher

121

Specifications
Function list
Category

For details of functions, supported controllers, and connection types, please refer to the relevant manual or Help of the GOT2000 Series.
●: Supported —: Not supported

Necessary devices *1

Screen size

GT27

GT25

15"

Function name

●

—

—

12.1"

●

●

—

10.4"

●

●

—

—

—

●

●

●

—

NEW

10.1" Wide
8.4"

—

—

●

5.7"

●

● NEW

—

4.3"

—

—

—

3.8"

—

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—
—

NEW

7" Wide

WXGA 1280 × 800NEW

XGA 1024 × 768

●

●

—

—

●

VGA 640 × 480

●

●

—

Other

—

—

—

65536 colors

●

●

●

Monochrome (black/white) 32 shade grayscale

—

—

—

Touch panel simultaneous press (2 points)

●

—

—

Human sensor

● *10

—

—

Color

Hardware specifications

Resolution

SVGA 800 × 600
WVGA 800 × 480

NEW

MemoryOther than below: 57 MB
GT2705: 32 MB

32 MB

32 MB

Memory for operation (RAM)

Other than below: 128 MB
GT2705: 80 MB

80 MB

128 MB

RS-232●●●

RS-422/485

●

●

●

●
2 ports by installing
communication unit●
2 ports by installing
communication unit *17●
2 ports as standard(Communication units)Interface

USB host●●●

USB device

●

●

●

●

●

●

● *11

● *11 *17

● *11

●

●

●

SD memory card interface
Extension interface, Side interface,
Wireless LAN communication unit interface

Communication units, option units

FigureLogo text●●●

Touch switch

●

●

●

Lamp

●

●

●

Numerical display, Numerical input

●

●

●

Text display, Text input

8

NEW

Memory for storage (ROM)

Ethernet

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Comment display
Parts display

Figure/object functions
Screen design

Specifications●(Battery)

Date display, Time display

Parts movement(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Historical data list display(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Simple alarm display

●

●

●

System alarm display

●

●

●
●

Alarm display (user)(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)●●

Alarm display (system)(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)

●

●

●

●

●

●

Recipe display (record list)
Line graph

●

●

●

Trend graph

●

●

●

Bar graph●●●

Statistic bar graph

●

●

●

Statistic pie graph

●

●

●

Scatter graph

●

●

●

Historical trend graph(SD memory card or USB memory)

Graphical meter

●

●

●

●

●

●

Level

●

●

●

Panelmeter

●

●

●

Slider●●●SD memory card

●

●

●

Logging(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)

●

●

●

Recipe(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Document display
Functions performed on background of GOT

122

GT25 Wide

Device data transfer

●

●

●

Trigger action

●

●

●

Time action
File output
Hard copy(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

●

●

●

Printer unit

●

● *17

—

Serial printer output
PictBridge printer output

Project script, Screen script

●

●

●

Object script

●

●

●

*1

Necessary units when using GT27, GT25, GT25 wide, GT23, GT21, or GT21 wide are shown.
Parenthesized devices are required depending on conditions of use.

*2

Data is output to the printer that is recognized by the personal computer.

*3

CSV files are saved in the virtual drive of the personal computer so that it is recommended to output
the files to printers.

*4

Only the GOTs with SVGA or higher resolution are supported.

*5*6

Remote personal computer operation function (Ethernet) cannot be used.
The following screens are displayed horizontally:Utility screen, monitor and data management screens that are displayed from the utility screen(sequence program monitor, etc.), video camera images in the multimedia and video display
functions
For the details of other GOT operations when placed vertically, please refer to the relevant productmanual or Help.
Excluding GT2103-PMBLS.

*7

GT2104-RTBD only.

Specifications
For details of functions, supported controllers, and connection types, please refer to the relevant manual or Help of the GOT2000 Series.
●: Supported —: Not supported

Category

Necessary devices *1

Screen size

GT23

GT21

15"

Function name

—

—

—

12.1"

—

—

—

10.4"

●

—

—

NEW

—

—

—

●

—

—

NEW

—

—

●

5.7"

—

—

—

4.3"

—

●

—

3.8"

—

●

—

—

—

—

10.1" Wide
8.4"
7" Wide

WXGA 1280 × 800

NEW

GT21 Wide

Color

Hardware specifications

Resolution

XGA 1024 × 768

—

—

—

SVGA 800 × 600

—

—

—

—

—

●

WVGA 800 × 480

NEW

NEW

GT SoftGOT2000

Flexible resolution
640 to 1920×
480 to 1200

VGA 640 × 480

●

—

—

Other

—

GT2104-R: 480 × 272
GT2103-P: 320 × 128—

65536 colors

●

●

●

●

Monochrome (black/white) 32 shade grayscale

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Memory for storage (ROM)9 MB

GT2104-R: 9 MB
GT2103-P: 3 MB

15 MB

57 MB

Memory for operation (RAM)

9 MB

—

—

—

RS-232

●

●

●

● *12

RS-422/485

●

●

●

● *12

●

●

●

● *11

USB host

●

—

●

● *13

USB device

●

●

●

MemoryTouch panel simultaneous press (2 points)
Human sensor

Ethernet(Communication units)Interface

SD memory card interface
Extension interface, Side interface,
Wireless LAN communication unit interface

Communication units, option units

●

● *14

●

● *13

—

—

—

● *11

Figure●●●●Logo text

●

●

●

●

Touch switch

●

●

●

●

Lamp

●

●

●

●

Numerical display, Numerical input

●

●

●

●

Text display, Text input

●

●

●

●

Date display, Time display(Battery)Comment display

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Parts movement(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *16

●

●

Historical data list display(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *16

●

●

●

●

●

●

Simple alarm display
System alarm display

●

—

—

●

Alarm display (user)(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)

●

● *16

●

●

Alarm display (system)(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)

●

—

—

●

●

—

—

●

Recipe display (record list)

Screen designLine graph

●

●

●

●

Trend graph

●

●

●

●

Bar graph

●

●

●

●

Statistic bar graph

●

●

●

●

Statistic pie graph

●

●

●

●

Scatter graph

●

●

●

●
●

●

● *16

●

Graphical meter

●

● NEW

●

●

Level

●

●

●

●

Historical trend graph(SD memory card or USB memory)

Panelmeter

●

●

●

●

Slider●●●●Document display
Functions performed on background of GOT

SD memory card

—

—

—

●

Logging(SD memory card or USB memory, battery)

●

● *6

●

●

Recipe(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *16

●

●

●

●

●

●

Device data transfer
Trigger action
Time action
File output
Hard copy

●

●

●

●

(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

●

SD memory card or USB memory

●

● *6

●

●

●

● *6

●

● *2

—

—

—

● *2

Serial printer output
PictBridge printer output

Printer unit

Project script, Screen script

●

●

●

●

Object script

●

—

—

●

*8

Excluding GT2705-VTBD.

*9

To use multiple units such as extension units, barcode readers, or RFID controllers with a
GT2705‑VTBD, the total current consumption of the units should be less than the value that theGT2705-VTBD can provide. For the details, please refer to the relevant manual of the GOT2000 Series.

8
Specifications

Figure/object functions

Parts display● *16*13 When using functions that require a USB memory or SD memory card, a virtual drive in the personal
computer is used.
*14 GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 require an SD memory card unit (GT2103SDCD) separately. GT2103-PMBLS does not allow for SD memory cards.

*10 GT2715-XTBA, GT2715-XTBD, GT2712-STBA, GT2712-STBD, GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STWD only.

*15 GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBD only.

*11 For the applicable communication units and option units, please refer to “Connectable model list”(page 126), “Product list” (page 146), and the relevant product manual.

*16 On GT2103-PMBLS, only the functions that do not require SD memory card can be used.

*12 Use the standard interface of the personal computer.

*18 GT25 wide models have a built-in sound output interface so that the sound output unit is not required.

*17 Excluding GT2505-VTBD.

123

Specifications
Function list
Category

For details of functions, supported controllers, and connection types, please refer to the relevant manual or Help of the GOT2000 Series.
●: Supported —: Not supported

Necessary devices *1

Function name
Barcode function
RFID function
GOT Mobile function

License, (SD memory card)●

GT25 Wide

●

●

●

●

●

●

Screen design

Functions used with peripheral devices

License●●●License●●●Remote personal computer operation function(serial)

RGB input unit or Video/RGB input unit

● *8

—

—

Video display function

Video input unit or Video/RGB input unit

● *8

—

—

RGB display function

RGB input unit or Video/RGB input unit

● *8

—

—

Multimedia function

Multimedia unit, CF card

● *8

—

—

External I/O function

External I/O unit

●

● *17

—

Operation panel function

External I/O unit

●

● *17

—

RGB output function

RGB output unit

● *8

—

—

(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

SD memory card or USB memory, printer unit

●

● *17

—

Sound output unit *18

●

● *17

● *18

●

●

●

Report function

Serial printer output
PictBridge printer output

Sound output function
Server function, Client function

●

●

●

FTP server function(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

File transfer function (FTP transfer)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

File transfer function (GOT internal transfer)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

MES interface function

License, (SD memory card)

●

●

●

Wireless LAN function

Wireless LAN communication unit

●

● *17

●

USB mouse, USB keyboard

●

●

●

Base screen

●

●

●

Overlap window

●

●

●

Superimpose window

●

●

●

Dialog window

●

●

●

Mobile screen

●

●

●

Key window

●

●

●

Language switching

●

●

●

System information

●

●

●

Operator authentication function(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

●

●

Operation log

SD memory card or USB memory

GOT functions

●

●

●

Startup logo

●

●

●

KANA KANJI conversion

●

●

●

FA transparent

●

●

●

●

●

●

SoftGOT-GOT link

License key

Backup/Restoration

SD memory card or USB memory

NEW●

VNC server function

Specifications

●

●

●

Multi-channel function● *9
4 channels(Up to 3 units)●
4 channels(Up to 3 units *17)●
4 channels(No units can be mounted)

Station No. switching

●

●

●

GOT network interaction

●

●

●

Screen gesture function

●

—

—

Object gesture function

●

—

—

Security key authentication function

●

●

●

IP filter function

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
(Rotate 90 ° to left)●(Other than below: rotate 90° to left
GT2505: rotate 90° to right)●(Rotate 90 ° to left)

File manager(SD memory card or USB memory)

Vertical display *5
Device monitor

●

●

●

Sequence program monitor (iQ-R ladder)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

Sequence program monitor (Ladder)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

Sequence program monitor (SFC)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Servo amplifier monitor

●

●

●

R motion monitor

●

●

●

Q motion monitor

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● *17

—

● *4

● *4

—

● *4

● *4

—

● *4

● *4

—

●

●

●

●

●

—

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Network monitor
CC-Link IE Field Network diagnostics

NEWIntelligent module monitor
Drive recorder(SD memory card or USB memory)

Maintenance functions

Motion SFC monitor
CNC monitor 2

SD memory card or USB memory
NEW

CNC monitor
CNC data I/O

SD memory card or USB memory

CNC machining program editLog viewer(SD memory card or USB memory)

FX list editor
FX ladder monitor
iQSS utility

SD memory card or USB memory

System launcher
System launcher (servo network) NEW

MELSEC-L troubleshooting

124

GT25

●

Remote personal computer operation function(Ethernet)

Mail send function

8

GT27

*1

Necessary units when using GT27, GT25, GT25 wide, GT23, GT21, or GT21 wide are shown.
Parenthesized devices are required depending on conditions of use.

*2

Data is output to the printer that is recognized by the personal computer.

*3

CSV files are saved in the virtual drive of the personal computer so that it is recommended to output
the files to printers.

*4

Only the GOTs with SVGA or higher resolution are supported.

*5*6

Remote personal computer operation function (Ethernet) cannot be used.
The following screens are displayed horizontally:Utility screen, monitor and data management screens that are displayed from the utility screen(sequence program monitor, etc.), video camera images in the multimedia and video display
functions
For the details of other GOT operations when placed vertically, please refer to the relevant productmanual or Help.
Excluding GT2103-PMBLS.

*7

GT2104-RTBD only.

Specifications
For details of functions, supported controllers, and connection types, please refer to the relevant manual or Help of the GOT2000 Series.
●: Supported —: Not supported

Category

Necessary devices *1

GT23

GT21

Barcode function

Function name

●

● *6

GT21 Wide●

RFID function

●

● *6

●

●

—

—

NEW

GT SoftGOT2000●

Screen design

Functions used with peripheral devices

GOT Mobile function

License, (SD memory card)——

VNC server function

License

—

—

●

—

Remote personal computer operation function(Ethernet)

License

—

—

—

—

Remote personal computer operation function(serial)

RGB input unit or Video/RGB input unit

—

—

—

—

Video display function

Video input unit or Video/RGB input unit

—

—

—

—

RGB display function

RGB input unit or Video/RGB input unit

—

—

—

—

Multimedia function

Multimedia unit, CF card

—

—

—

—

External I/O function

External I/O unit

—

—

—

—

Operation panel function

External I/O unit

—

—

—

●

RGB output function

RGB output unit

—

—

—

—

Report function

Serial printer output
PictBridge printer output

Sound output function(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *6

●

● *3

SD memory card or USB memory, printer unit

—

—

—

● *3

Sound output unit *18

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

Server function, Client function
Mail send function

—

—

—

●

FTP server function(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *15

●

—

File transfer function (FTP transfer)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

● *15

●

—

File transfer function (GOT internal transfer)

SD memory card or USB memory

●

—

—

—

MES interface function

License, (SD memory card)

—

—

—

—

Wireless LAN function

Wireless LAN communication unit

—

—

—

—

USB mouse, USB keyboard

●

—

●

●

Base screen

●

●

●

●

Overlap window

●

●

●

●

Superimpose window

●

●

●

●

Dialog window

●

●

●

●

Mobile screen

—

—

—

—

Key window

●

●

●

●

Language switching

●

●

●

●

System information

●

●

●

●

Operator authentication function(SD memory card or USB memory)

●

● *16

●

●

Operation log

SD memory card or USB memory

GOT functions

●

—

—

●

Startup logo

●

●

●

●

KANA KANJI conversion

—

—

—

●

FA transparent

●

●

●

—

SoftGOT-GOT link

License key

—

—

—

●

Backup/Restoration

SD memory card or USB memory

●

● *6

●

—

Multi-channel function●
2 channels(No units can be mounted)● *6
2 channels(No units can be mounted)●
2 channels(No units can be mounted)—

Station No. switching

●

●

●

●

●

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

Object gesture function

—

—

—

—

Security key authentication function

●

—

—

—

IP filter function

●

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

●
(Rotate 90 ° to left)●(Rotate 90 ° to right)●(Rotate 90 ° to left)—

File manager(SD memory card or USB memory)

Vertical display *5
Device monitor

●

●

●

—

Sequence program monitor (iQ-R ladder)

SD memory card or USB memory

—

—

—

—

Sequence program monitor (Ladder)

SD memory card or USB memory

—

—

—

—

Sequence program monitor (SFC)

SD memory card or USB memory

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Network monitor
CC-Link IE Field Network diagnostics

NEWIntelligent module monitor

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Servo amplifier monitor

—

—

—

—

R motion monitor

—

—

—

—

Q motion monitor

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

FX list editor

●

● *7

●

—

FX ladder monitor

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(SD memory card or USB memory)

Drive recorder
Maintenance functions

Motion SFC monitor
CNC monitor 2

SD memory card or USB memory
NEW

CNC monitor
CNC data I/O

SD memory card or USB memory

CNC machining program editLog viewer(SD memory card or USB memory)

iQSS utility

SD memory card or USB memory

System launcher
System launcher (servo network) NEW

MELSEC-L troubleshooting*8

Excluding GT2705-VTBD.

*9

To use multiple units such as extension units, barcode readers, or RFID controllers with a
GT2705‑VTBD, the total current consumption of the units should be less than the value that theGT2705-VTBD can provide. For the details, please refer to the relevant manual of the GOT2000 Series.

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Specifications

GOT network interaction
Screen gesture function

8*13 When using functions that require a USB memory or SD memory card, a virtual drive in the personal
computer is used.
*14 GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2 require an SD memory card unit (GT2103SDCD) separately. GT2103-PMBLS does not allow for SD memory cards.

*10 GT2715-XTBA, GT2715-XTBD, GT2712-STBA, GT2712-STBD, GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STWD only.

*15 GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBD only.

*11 For the applicable communication units and option units, please refer to “Connectable model list”(page 126), “Product list” (page 146), and the relevant product manual.

*16 On GT2103-PMBLS, only the functions that do not require SD memory card can be used.

*12 Use the standard interface of the personal computer.

*18 GT25 wide models have a built-in sound output interface so that the sound output unit is not required.

*17 Excluding GT2505-VTBD.

125

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ Mitsubishi Electric programmable controllers/C Controller modules/Safety controllers/Motion controllers
Connection type
GT27/GT25
CC-Link connection (via G4) *2

Bus connection *3 *42*42

MELSECNET/H connection*4 *42MELSECNET/10 connection

Multi-drop connection *5

Ethernet connection

Direct CPU connection

Serial communication connection

CC-Link connection (via G4) *2

Multi-drop connection *5

Ethernet connection *6

Direct CPU connection

Serial communication connection

CC-Link connection (via G4) *2

Multi-drop connection *5 *7

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄
*8

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

*18

*8

CC-Link connection(intelligent device station) *42
CC-Link IE Field
Network connection *42
CC-Link IE Controller
Network connection *42

Serial communication connection

R04CPU
R08CPU
R16CPU
R32CPU
R120CPU
MELSEC iQ-R Series
R04ENCPU
R08ENCPU
R16ENCPU
R32ENCPU
R120ENCPU
R08SFCPU *39
R16SFCPU *39
Safety CPU
R32SFCPU *39
R120SFCPU *39
R08PCPU *41
R16PCPU *41
Process CPU
R32PCPU *41
R120PCPU *41
Q03UDVCPU
Q04UDVCPU
High-speed type
Q06UDVCPU
universal model QCPUQ13UDVCPU
Q26UDVCPU

Direct CPU connection

Model name

Ethernet connection

Series*9*10

Q00UJCPU

Universal model
QCPU

8Specifications

Programmablecontroller

MELSEC-Q Series(Q mode)Built-inEthernettype

Basic model
QCPU

Process CPU
Redundant CPU(main base)Redundant CPU(extension base)
MELSEC-QS Series

MELSEC-L Series

MELSEC iQ-F Series

MELSEC-F Series

Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q20UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU
Q100UDEHCPU

*18

*8

*18

*8

*8

*8

⁄

*9

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

*12

⁄

*10

⁄

⁄

⁄
⁄

*18

*18

⁄
*9

⁄

*12

⁄

*18

⁄
*8

⁄
⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

*10

⁄

⁄

*18

*18

*8

*18

*8

*8

*18

*8

*8

*9

Q00JCPU⁄⁄

Q00CPU *16
Q01CPU *16
Q02CPU *16
Q02HCPU *16
Q06HCPU *16
Q12HCPU *16
Q25HCPU *16
Q02PHCPU
Q06PHCPU
Q12PHCPU
Q25PHCPU
Q12PRHCPU
Q25PRHCPU
Q12PRHCPU
Q25PRHCPU*18

QS001CPU
L02SCPU
L02SCPU-P
L02CPU
L02CPU-P
L06CPU
L06CPU-P
L26CPU
L26CPU-P
L26CPU-BT
L26CPU-PBT
FX5U
FX5UC
FX0
FX0S
FX0N
FX1
FX1S
FX1N
FX1NC

⁄

*18

*11

⁄

Q03UDECPUHigh performance
model
QCPU

126

Q00UCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q10UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q20UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU

GT21 *1

GT23

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

*13

⁄

*17

*11

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

*14
*18

*14
*18

*18

*18

*18

*15

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

*19

⁄

⁄

*18

*21

⁄

*14
*18

*18

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

*24 *25

⁄

*21

*22

*23
*26

*24

*27

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

*26

*38

⁄

*14

*24 *25

*27

*24

*27

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

*24 *25

*27

*24

*27

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*27

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Connection type
GT27/GT25

Serial communication connection

CC-Link connection (via G4) *2

Multi-drop connection *5 *7

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄
*8

*28

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄
*8

*28

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*20

*37

⁄

*18 *31

⁄

*33

*28

*31

*9

*38

⁄

*31

⁄

*31

⁄

*33

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄
✕
⁄

✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

*18
*18
*18
*18 *34*18*18 *34
*18

*8
*8
*8
*8

GT2103-PMBLS supports connection with MELSEC iQ-F Series and MELSEC-F Series only.
CC-Link (via G4): connect to the CC-Link system via AJ65BT-G4-S3 or AJ65BT-R2N.
When using bus connection, follow the precautions below.
•	When multiple GOTs are connected, the GOT2000 Series cannot be connected with the GOT800
Series or A77GOT.
• Bus connection cannot be established with QCPU (A mode).
•	The number of connectable GOTs is restricted according to the CPU type and the number ofintelligent function modules.
•	The GOT2000 Series, GOT1000 Series, and GOT-A900 Series can be connected together in asystem. Please refer to the following Technical Bulletins.
“Precautions when Replacing GOT1000 Series with GOT2000 Series” No. GOT-A-0061“Precautions when Replacing GOT-A900 Series with GOT2000 Series” No. GOT-A-0062
Includes the case on the MELSECNET/H network system in the MNET/10 mode. The GOT cannot be
connected to the remote I/O network.
When the number of connected slave GOTs and the device points of each GOT increase, the device
update cycle on the screen may get slower.
(Please consider 250 points as a guide of 1 GOT, and 750 points as a guide of the total points.)
Only supported by GT2107-WTBD, GT2107-WTSD, GT2104-RTBD, and GT2103-PMBD.
GT2103-PMBDS2 and GT2103-PMBLS are not supported.
Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since the CPU has no serial port.
Use a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09042.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 12012.
When using the bus extension connector box (A9GT-QCNB), attach it to the extension base unit.
(Connecting it to the main base unit is not allowed.)
Use a CPU and a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09042.
Use a CPU of function version B or later or a CC-Link IE Controller Network module of function version D or later.
In the multiple CPU system, use a CPU or a MELSECNET/H network module of function version B or later.
GT2103-PMBD and GT2103-PMBLS cannot be connected to Q00J, Q00, or Q01CPU.
When in multiple CPU system configuration, use a CPU of function version B or later.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09012 .
When the total number of stations in a network is 65 or more, use a CC-Link IE Controller Network
module with the upper five digits of the serial No. 09042 or later.
In the Ethernet, MELSECNET/H, or MELSECNET/10 connection, to monitor a QCPU in the multiple
CPU system, always use a network module of function version B or later.
Use a CC-Link IE Controller Network module of function version D or later.
The supported version of the main units varies depending on the Ethernet module to be used asshown below.
CPU
Ethernet module *FX3U(C)FX3G(C)
FX3S
FX3U-ENET-L
Ver. 2.21 or later
FX3U-ENET-L is not supported.
FX3U-ENET-ADP *Ver. 3.10 or laterVer. 2.00 or laterVer. 1.00 or later* To connect to a FX3SCPU, use a FX3U-ENET-ADP Ver.1.20 or later.
*21 Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 10042 or a CC-Link IE Controller
Network module of function version D or later.
*22 Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 10032 or a CC-Link IE Controller
Network module of function version D or later.

*10 *36
*36

*23
*24
*25
*26
*27

*8 *28*20*37*18 *31 *18 *31 *31 *33 *18 *31
*18

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

*18

⁄

*33

*28

⁄

*31

⁄

*31

*8 *28

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*8

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*8

*18

*8
*8

*37

⁄

*40

⁄

*31 *33 *18 *31

⁄

*18

*20

*28

*8

*28

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

*30

✕

⁄

*33

*40

⁄

*31

⁄

*31

⁄

*8 *28⁄*31 *33

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*8

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*8

*18

*18

*8
*8

*8
*8

*18

*18

⁄

⁄
*8

*18 *34

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄
*8

*18 *34

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

⁄
*8

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄
*8

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

*18

⁄

*18

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

⁄
✕
⁄

✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

⁄
✕
⁄

✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕

⁄

*18 *34*18*8*8*18 *34
*18

*8
*8

*8
*8

Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 13042.
When using a LJ71E71-100, use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 14112.
Use a LJ71E71-100 since the CPU has no built-in Ethernet port.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 13012.
The adapter L6ADP-R2 or L6ADP-R4 is required. When using the L6ADP-R4 adapter, use a CPU
with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 15102.
*28 Use the serial port of a serial communication module controlled by another CPU on the multiple CPU
system.
*29 Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 12042.
*30 GT2103-PMBD and GT2103-PMBLS cannot be connected to the MELSEC-WS Series.
*31 In Ethernet connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link (intelligent device station)connection, CC-Link (via G4) connection, MELSECNET/H connection, or MELSECNET/10
connection, use main modules with the following product numbers.
Q172CPU: Product number N******* or later
Q173CPU: Product number M******* or later*32 When using SV13, SV22, or SV43, use the motion controller CPU on which any of the following main
OS software version is installed.
■ Ethernet connection, serial communication connection, CC-Link (intelligent device station)connection, CC-Link (via G4) connection, MELSECNET/H connection, MELSECNET/10 connection
SW6RN-SV13Q: 00H or later
SW6RN-SV22Q: 00H or late
SW5RN-SV43Q: 00B or later■ Direct CPU connection, bus connection, multi-drop connection
SW6RN-SV13Q: 00E or later
SW6RN-SV22Q: 00E or later
SW5RN-SV43Q: 00B or later*33	In direct CPU connection, bus connection, or multi-drop connection, use main modules with thefollowing product numbers.
Q172CPU: Product number K******* or later
Q173CPU: Product number J******* or later*34 PERIPHERAL I/F can be used.
*35	When using SV43, use the CPU on which any of the following main OS software version is installed.
SW7DNC-SV43Q: 00F or later*36 Only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored.
*37 Use the built-in Ethernet port since RJ71EN71 is not supported.
*38 Only cyclic transmission can be used.
*39 Mount a safety function module R6SFM next to the RnSFCPU on the base unit. The RnSFCPU andthe safety function module R6SFM must have the same pair version. If their pair versions differ, the
RnSFCPU does not operate.
*40 Up to 32 axes are supported by GT21. R standard placement method is not supported.
*41 Mount a redundant function module R6RFM next to the RnPCPU on the base unit when building a
redundant system.
*42 GT2510-WXTBD, GT2510-WXTSD, GT2507-WTBD, GT2507-WTSD, and GT2505-VTBD are notsupported.

8
Specifications

*19
*20

Direct CPU connection*18

Ethernet connection *6

*12
*13
*14
*15
*16
*17

Multi-drop connection *5

*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*11

CC-Link connection (via G4) *2*5

Serial communication connection*4

Direct CPU connection

*1
*2
*3

Ethernet connection

MELSEC iQ-R Series
CC-Link IE Field Network
head module
MELSEC-L Series
CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module

Multi-drop connection *5

MELSECNET/H remote I/O station

Q170MSCPU
Q170MSCPU-S1
MR-MQ100
QJ72LP25-25
QJ72LP25G
QJ72BR15
RJ72GF15-T2 NEW
LJ72GF15-T2
NZ2GF-ETB

MELSECNET/10 connection

Q170MCPU *35*4 *42MELSEC-Q Series

MELSECNET/H connection

Motioncontroller

Q172CPU *32
Q173CPU *32
Q172CPUN *32
Q173CPUN *32
Q172HCPUQ173HCPUQ172DCPUQ173DCPUQ172DCPU-S1
Q173DCPU-S1
Q172DSCPU
Q173DSCPU*42

MELSEC iQ-R Series

Bus connection *3 *42

MELSEC-WS Series

CC-Link connection (via G4) *2

Safetycontroller

MELSEC-Q Series

Q24DHCCPU-V
Q24DHCCPU-VG
Q24DHCCPU-LS
Q12DCCPU-V *29
Q26DHCCPU-LS
WS0-CPU0
WS0-CPU1
WS0-CPU3
R16MTCPU
R32MTCPU
R64MTCPU✕

CC-Link connection(intelligent device station) *42
CC-Link IE Field
Network connection *42
CC-Link IE Controller
Network connection *42

C Controller
moduleR12CCPU-V

Serial communication connection

MELSEC iQ-R Series

FX2
FX2C
FX2N
FX2NC
FX3G
FX3GC
FX3U
FX3UC
FX3S
FX3GE

Direct CPU connection

Programmable
MELSEC-F Series
controller

Model name

Ethernet connection

SeriesGT21 *1

GT23127

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)■ Modules usable when connected with Mitsubishi Electric programmable controllers/C Controller modules/Motion controllers● Ethernet connection
CPU series

Ethernet module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71EN71 *4

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
MELSEC-QS Series
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71E71-100
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71

MELSEC-L Series

LJ71E71-100 *1

MELSEC-F Series

FX3U-ENET-L *2
FX3U-ENET-ADP *2 *3*1

Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 14112.

*2

Options for extension controller may be required depending on the connected CPU.

*3

To connect to a FX3SCPU, use a FX3U-ENET-ADP Ver.1.20 or later.

*4

Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

● Serial communication connection
Serial communication module *1

CPU series
MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)
MELSECNET/H remote I/O station

MELSEC-L Series
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC-L Series)

8*1

Communication cannot be performed with RS-485.

*2

Either CH1 or CH2 can be used for the function version A.
Both CH1 and CH2 can be used together for the function version B or later.

*3

Only CH2 can be connected.

*4

Use firmware version 07 or higher when building a redundant system.

Model name

CH1
RS-232

RS-422/485

RJ71C24-R2 *4

RS-232

RS-232

RJ71C24-R4 *4

RS-422/485

RS-422/485

QJ71C24 *2

RS-232

RS-422/485

QJ71C24-R2 *2

RS-232

RS-232

QJ71C24N

RS-232

RS-422/485

QJ71C24N-R2

RS-232

RS-232

QJ71C24N-R4RS-422/485

RS-422/485

QJ71CMO *3

Modular connector

RS-232

QJ71CMON *3

Modular connector

RS-232

LJ71C24

RS-232

RS-422/485

LJ71C24-R2

RS-232

RS-232● CC-Link IE Controller Network connection
CPU series

CC-Link IE Controller Network module

Specifications

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71GP21-SX *2

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
MELSEC-QS Series
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71GP21-SX *1
QJ71GP21S-SX *1*1When the CC-Link IE Controller Network is in the extended mode, use a module with the upper five digits of the serial No. 12052 or later.

*2

Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

● CC-Link IE Field Network connection
CPU series

CC-Link IE Field Network module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71GF11-T2 *1
RJ71EN71
RD77GF4
RD77GF8
RD77GF16
RD77GF32

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71GF11-T2
QD77GF16

MELSEC-QS Series

QS0J71GF11-T2

MELSEC-L Series
MELSEC iQ-F Series*1

LJ71GF11-T2
NEW

FX5-CCLIEF

Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

● CC-Link (intelligent device station) connection
CPU series

128

CH2

RJ71C24 *4

CC-Link module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ61BT11 *2

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ61BT11
QJ61BT11N

MELSEC-L Series

LJ61BT11

MELSEC iQ-F Series

FX3U-16CCL-M *1
FX5-CCL-MS
NEW

MELSEC-F Series

FX3U-16CCL-M*1When using an FX3U-16CCL-M with the MELSEC iQ-F Series, bus conversion module (FX5-CNV-BUS or FX5-CNV-BUSC) is required.

*2

Use firmware version 04 or higher when building a redundant system.

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

● CC-Link (via G4) connection
CPU series

CC-Link module

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ61BT11
QJ61BT11N

MELSEC-L Series

LJ61BT11

Peripheral module
AJ65BT-G4-S3
AJ65BT-R2N● MELSECNET/H connection
MELSECNET/H network module

CPU series

Optical loop

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode) *1
MELSEC-QS Series
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71LP21
QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25

C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25*1Coaxial bus
QJ71BR11 *1

Use function version B or later of the MELSECNET/H network module and CPU.

● MELSECNET/10 connection
MELSECNET/H (MNET/10 mode), MELSECNET/10 network module
Optical loop
Coaxial bus

CPU series
MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode) *1
MELSEC-QS Series
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71LP21
QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25
QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25

C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)*1

QJ71BR11 *1

Use function version B or later of the MELSECNET/H network module and CPU.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric inverters
Series

RS-485

NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

Ethernet

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
⁄
✕
✕

◆ Mitsubishi Electric servo amplifiers (general-purpose)
SeriesMELSERVO-J4 Series
MELSERVO-J3 Series
MELSERVO-J2-Super Series
MELSERVO-J2M Series

Model name
MR-J4-A
MR-J4-A-RJ
MR-J3-A
MR-J3-T
MR-J2S-A
MR-J2S-CP
MR-J2S-CL
MR-J2M-P8A
MR-J2M-DU
MR-JE-A

MELSERVO-JE Series*1 Except GT2103-PMBLS.
*2 RS-422/232 interface converter or RS-422/232 conversion cable is required.

RS-422

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *1
RS-232Multi-drop connection

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

⁄ *2
⁄ *2
⁄ *2
⁄ *2
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

8
Specifications

FREQROL-A800
FREQROL-F800
FREQROL-F700P
FREQROL-F700
FREQROL-E700
FREQROL Series
FREQROL-F700PJ
FREQROL-D700
FREQROL-A800 PlusFREQROL-B
FREQROL-B3
FREQROL-F800-E
MD-CX522-K
MELIPM Series
MD-CX522-K-A0*1 Except GT2103-PMBDS2 and GT2103-PMBLS.

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *1
RS-232Multi-drop connection

129Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ Mitsubishi Electric servo amplifiers (SSCNET III/H)
Servo amplifiers (SSCNET III/H) are connected to the GOT through a motion controller or simple motion module.

Motion controller CPU,or programmablecontroller
SeriesModel nameSimplemotionmoduleCPU
type

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *6 *7Connection type
CC-Link
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE connection
Serial
CC-Link
Field
Controller
Bus
Ethernet Direct CPU
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10 Multi-drop(intelligent
communication
connection
Network Network
connection connection connection *2 connection
connection connection
deviceconnection(via G4)
connection connection station) *1

RnMTCPU✕⁄⁄
Q17nDSCPU⁄⁄⁄
Q170MSCPU⁄⁄⁄
MR-J4-B
RnCPU
RD77MS✕⁄⁄MELSERVO-J4 MR-J4-B-RJ
QD77MS *3 QnCPU⁄⁄⁄
MR-J4W2-B
SeriesLD77MSLnCPU⁄⁄⁄
MR-J4W3-B
FX5-40SSC-S FX5CPU✕⁄⁄
FX5-80SSC-S
FX5UCPU✕⁄⁄NEW
RD77MS *4 RnCPU✕⁄⁄
QD77MS *5 QnCPU⁄⁄⁄
LD77MS *5 LnCPU⁄⁄⁄
MELSERVO-JE
MR-JE-B
FX5-40SSC-S FX5CPU
Series✕⁄⁄
FX5-80SSC-S
FX5UCPU✕⁄⁄NEW*1 Connect the GOT as a CC-Link intelligent device station.
*2 Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to
the remote I/O network is not allowed.
*3 Use a module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 15041.
*4 Use a module with the firmware version 3 or later.

⁄
✕
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

✕
⁄
⁄
✕
⁄
⁄
✕

✕
⁄
⁄
✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
⁄
⁄
✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
⁄
⁄
✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄
⁄
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

✕
⁄
⁄
✕

✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
⁄
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕

—

✕

*5
*6
*7

Use a module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 16102.
GT23 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication
connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).
GT21 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication
connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).

◆ Mitsubishi Electric servo amplifiers (CC-Link IE Field Network) NEW
Servo amplifiers (CC-Link IE Field Network) are connected to the GOT through a simple motion module or a master/local module.

Motion controller CPU,or programmablecontroller
Series8Model nameSpecifications

MELSERVO-J4 MR-J4-GF
MR-J4-GF-RJ
Series

*1
*2
*3
*4

Simplemotionmodule, or
master/local
moduleCPU
type

RD77GF4*3 RnCPU
RD77GF8*3 RnCPU
RD77GF16*3 RnCPU
RD77GF32 RnCPU
QD77GF4*4 QnCPU
QD77GF8*4 QnCPU
QD77GF16*4 QnCPU
RJ71EN71
RnCPU
RJ71GF11-T2 RnCPU*5
QJ71GF11-T2 QnCPU
LJ71GF11-T2*5 LnCPU

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *6 *7Connection type
CC-Link
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE connection
Serial
CC-Link
Field
Controller
Bus
Ethernet Direct CPU
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10 Multi-drop(intelligent connection
communication
Network Network
connection connection connection *2 connection
connection connection
deviceconnection(via G4)
connection
connection
station) *1
*8
✕
✕
✕
✕
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕
⁄
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕

Connect the GOT as a CC-Link intelligent device station.
Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to
the remote I/O network is not allowed.
To use the motion mode, use a module with the firmware version 1 or later; to use the I/O mode, usea module with the firmware version 2 or later.
To use the I/O mode, use a module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 18022.

*5
*6
*7
*8

⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄
⁄

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕
⁄
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

Use a module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 14102. Motion mode is notsupported.
GT23 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication
connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).
GT21 supports connection using Ethernet connection.
Not connectable from the GOT in the same network.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric robot controllers
GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *5 *6SeriesF Series

SQ Series
SD Series
FR Series


*1
*2
*3

130

*4

NEW

Controller
nameConnection type
CC-Link
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE connection
Serial
CC-Link
Field
Controller
Bus
Ethernet Direct CPU
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10 Multi-drop(intelligent connection
communication
Network
Network
connection connection connection *2 connection
connection connection
deviceconnection(via G4)
connection connection station) *1

CR750-Q(Q172DRCPU)

⁄ *3

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

CR751-Q(Q172DRCPU)

⁄ *3

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

CR750-D

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CR751-D

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CRnQ-700(Q172DRCPU)

⁄ *3

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

CRnD-700

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CR800-D

⁄ *7

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CR800-R(R16RTCPU)

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

Connect the GOT as a CC-Link intelligent device station.
Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to
the remote I/O network is not allowed.
The Display I/F of CRnQ-700, CR750/751-Q cannot be used. Ethernet connections can beestablished only via the Ethernet module (QJ71E71) or the built-in Ethernet port in the multiple CPU
system (QnUDE).
Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since CRnQ-700 and
CR750/751-Q have no serial ports.

*5
*6
*7

GT23 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication
connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).
GT21 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication
connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).
Ethernet connections can be established to the built-in LAN port of CR800-D.

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric CNCs
GT27/GT25/GT23 *6

SeriesConnection type
CC-Link
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE connection
Serial
CC-Link
Field
Controller
Bus
Ethernet Direct CPU
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10 Multi-drop(intelligent connection
communication
Network
Network
connection connection connection *2 connection
connection connection
deviceconnection(via G4)
connection connection station) *1

CNC C80 (R16NCCPU-S1)*7
NEW


⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CNC C70 (Q173NCCPU) *3

⁄

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

CNC M700VS

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *5

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CNC M70V

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *5

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

*1

Connect the GOT as a CC-Link intelligent device station.

*2

Includes the connection where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to the remote I/O network is not allowed.

*3

When using a CNC C70, the CNC monitor function, the CNC data I/O function, and the CNC machining program edit function can be used in bus connection and Ethernet connection (Display I/F connection only). The above
functions are supported by the GOT models of which resolution is SVGA or higher.

*4

Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since CNC C70 has no serial port.

*5

Only cyclic transmission can be used. (CC-Link unit FCU7-HN746 can be used)*6

GT23 supports connection using Ethernet connection, direct CPU connection, serial communication connection, or CC-Link connection (via G4).

*7

When using a CNC C80, the CNC monitor2 function can be used in Ethernet connection (Display I/F connection only).

◆ Mitsubishi Electric power monitoring products
SeriesModel nameGT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *2
RS-485

RS-422

RS-232Multi-drop connection

Energy measuring unit
EcoMonitorLight

EMU4-BD1-MB⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

✕

✕

EMU4-HD1-MB⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

✕

✕

Electronic multi-measuring
instrument

ME110SSR-MB⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

✕

✕

ME96NSR-MB⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

✕

✕

*1

Only MODBUS®/RTU connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/RTU master communication driver.

*2

Except GT2103-PMBDS2 and GT2103-PMBLS.

■ Applicable GOT models for each connection type
The GOT to be used differs depending on the connection type.

Model

Connection type

Applicable model

RS-232
RS-422/485
Ethernet
GT27/GT25

All models(Built-in interfaces of the GOT can be used.)

CC-Link (via G4)

RS-232
GT23

RS-422/485
Ethernet

All models(Built-in interfaces of the GOT can be used.)

CC-Link (via G4)
RS-232

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBDS2

RS-422/485

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBD
GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBLS *1

Ethernet

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD

GT2104-RTBD
GT2103-PMBD

CC-Link (via G4)

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBD
GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBDS2

GT21

*1

8
Specifications

Other than above

GT27 all models
GT25 models excluding some models(By mounting communication units on the GOT, bus connection, network connection, and others can be used.
No communication units can be mounted on GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, and GT2505.)

Only connection with MELSEC iQ-F Series and MELSEC-F Series is supported.

131

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ Non-Mitsubishi programmable controllers/Motion controllers/Safety controllers
Manufacturer

Model name

SYSMAC C200HS
SYSMAC C200HSYSMAC C1000H
SYSMAC C2000H

CJ1H
CJ1G
CJ2H
CJ2M
CPM1
CPM2A
CPM2C
CQM1
CQM1H
CP1H
CP1E (N type)
CS1H
CS1G
CVM1-CPU11-V
CVM1-CPU01-V
CV500-CPU01-V
C200HS
C200H
C1000H
C2000HSYSMAC a

C200HX
C200HG

C200HE

NJ501-
NJ101-

NJ301-

KV-700
KV-1000

KV-3000

KV-5000

KV-5500

SYSMAC CJ1SYSMAC CJ2SYSMAC CPM
SYSMAC CQM1SYSMAC CQM1H
SYSMAC CP1OMRON Corporation

SYSMAC CS1SYSMAC CVM1/CV *9NJ

KEYENCE CORPORATION

DirectLOGIC
05 Series

KOYO ELECTRONICS
INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

DirectLOGIC
06 Series*2

DirectLOGIC
205 Series
KOSTAC SU
SeriesPZ Series

8

Sharp Corporation*2

Specifications

JTEKT Corporation*2

TOSHIBA CORPORATION*2TOSHIBA MACHINE CO.,LTD.

TOYOPUC
SeriesPROSECT Series
PROSECV Series
Unified Controller nv Series
TCmini Series
Robot controller
Large-sized H Series

HITACHI Industrial
Equipment Systems Co.,
Ltd.
*2

H-200 to 252 Series

H Series board type

EH-150 Series
S10V
Hitachi Ltd.
*2

FUJI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

S10mini

MICREX-F*2

MICREX-SX SPH

132

NEW

CJ1M

CPM1A

CP1L
CS1D *3
CV1000-CPU01-V
CV2000-CPU01-V

KV-7300

NEW

KV-7500
D0-05AA
D0-05AD
D0-05AR
D0-05DA
D0-06DD1
D0-06DD2
D0-06DR
D0-06DA
D0-06AR
D2-240
D2-250-1
SU-5E
SU-6B
PZ3
JW-21CU
JW-31CUH
JW-22CU
JW-32CUH
JW-33CUH
Z-512J
PC2JC-CPU
PC2J16P-CPU
PC2J-CPUPC2JS-CPU
PC3JG-P-CPU
PC3JD-CPU
PC3J-CPU
T2 (PU224)
T2E
T3

NEW

model 2000 (S2E)
model 2000 (S2T)
PU811
TC3-01
TC3-02
TC5-02
TS2000
H-302
H-1002
H-300
H-2000
H-200
H-252
H-252B
HL-40DR
HL-64DR
H-20DR
H-20DT
H-28DR
EH-CPU104
EH-CPU208
EH-CPU308
LQP510
LQP520
LQP000
LQP010
LQP011
F55
F120S
F140S
SPH200
SPH2000

D0-05DD
D0-05DD-D
D0-05DR
D0-05DR-D
D0-06AA
D0-06DD1-D
D0-06DD2-D
D0-06DR-D

D2-260SU-5M
SU-6M
JW-50CUH
JW-70CUH
JW-100CUH
JW-100CU
PC2J16PR-CPU
PC2JR-CPU
PC3JG-CPU
PC3JD-C-CPU
PC3JL-CPU
T2N
T3H
model 2000 (S2)model 3000 (S3)
TC6-00
TC8-00
TC5-03
TS2100
H-702
H-2002
H-700
H-4010H-250
H-252C
H-28DT
H-40DR
H-40DT
H-64DR
H-64DT
EH-CPU316
EH-CPU516
EH-CPU548

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *1
Serialcommunication EtherNet/IP
Ethernetconnection
connection
connection
RS-422 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232
Direct CPU
connection

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄ *4

⁄
⁄
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄ *5
✕

⁄ *4
⁄ *4

⁄

✕

✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕

⁄ *6

⁄
⁄ *6 *7⁄⁄ *6 *7

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄
✕
⁄ *8
⁄
✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕

⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄

✕
✕
✕
✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄ *4
⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕
✕

✕
⁄

⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄

✕
✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *4

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *10

⁄

⁄ *10

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄ *10

✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
⁄
⁄

⁄ *10
⁄ *10
⁄ *10
✕

⁄

✕

⁄
⁄
⁄
✕
✕
✕

⁄ *10
⁄ *10
⁄ *10
✕
✕
✕

✕
✕
✕
✕
✕
✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕
✕

⁄ *20
✕

✕
⁄

✕
✕

✕
✕

✕
✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *4

⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕
✕

⁄
✕

✕
✕

⁄
⁄

⁄
⁄

✕
✕

LQP120
LQP800

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

F70
F15S

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

SPH300
SPH3000

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Manufacturer

Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX Co., Ltd.

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *1
Serialcommunication EtherNet/IP
Ethernetconnection
connection
connection
RS-422 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232
Direct CPU
connection

Model name

FP0R
FP0-C16CT
FP0-C32CT
FP2
FP2SH
FP3
FP-M(C20TC)
FP-M(C32TC)
FP-X

FP1-C24C
FP1-C40C
FP5
FP10(S)FP10SHFP-∑

AFP7CPS41E(S)

NEW

AFP7CPS31(S)

NEW

AFP7CPS31E(S)

NEW

AFP7CPS21

NEW

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *2

⁄ *2

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

CP-9300MS

✕

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

MP920

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

MP930

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MP940

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

PROGIC-8

✕

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

CP-9200(H)

✕

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

CP-312

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

GL60S
GL60H

GL70H

MP2200MP2300MP2300S

MP3200MP3300

FA500
F3SP08
F3SP30

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

F3SP21
F3SP25
F3SP28
F3SP35

F3SP38
F3SP53
F3SP58
F3SP59⁄

F3SP66

F3SP67

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

F3SP22-0S
F3SP71-4N

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

F3SP71-4S

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

F3SP76-7S

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

NFCP100

NFJT100

⁄ *14

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

SLC500 Series

SLC500-20
SLC500-30
SLC500-40

SLC5/01
SLC5/02

✕

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

SLC5/03
SLC5/04

SLC5/05

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

1761-L10BWA
1761-L10BWB
1761-L16AWA
1761-L16BWA
1761-L16BWB
1761-L16BBB

1761-L32AAA
1761-L32AWA
1761-L32BWA
1761-L32BWB
1761-L32BBB

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MicroLogix1000 Series(analog CPU) *11

1761-L20AWA-5A
1761-L20BWA-5A

1761-L20BWB-5A

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MicroLogix1100 Series *11 NEW

1763-L16BWA

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MicroLogix1200 Series *11

1762-L24BWA

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MicroLogix1400 Series *11

1766-L32AWA

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

MicroLogix1500 Series *11

1764-LSP

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *15

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

⁄ *21

⁄ *15

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

⁄ *21

MicroLogix1000 Series(digital CPU)
*11 *12 *13

ControlLogix
SeriesCompactLogix
SeriesFlexLogix Series *2

1756-L
1756-L1M1

1756-L1M2
1756-L1M3

1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
1756-L55M14
1756-L55M16

1756-L55M22
1756-L55M23
1756-L55M24

1756-L61
1756-L62

1756-L63
1756-L64

⁄ *15

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

⁄ *21

1756-L72S

⁄ *15

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *21

1769-L31
1769-L32C
1769-L35CR

✕

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

✕

1769-L32E
1769-L35E

⁄ *15

✕

⁄ *2

✕

✕

⁄ *21

1794-L33
1794-L34

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄ *16

NEW

8
Specifications⁄

STARDOM*11

Allen-Bradley(Rockwell Automation, Inc.)

✕

⁄ *2

F3FP36

FA-M3V✕⁄

F3SP20*2✕✕

F3SP10

FA-M3

✕

✕

F3SP05

Yokogawa Electric
Corporation

⁄

✕

GL130

CP-317

FA500

✕

✕

GL120

CP-9200SH

YASKAWA Electric Corporation✕

133

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ Non-Mitsubishi programmable controllers/Motion controllers/Safety controllers
Manufacturer

Series 90-30

Series 90-70
GE Intelligent
Platforms, Inc. *2

Mitsubishi
Electric India Pvt. Ltd.

IC693CPU350
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU363

IC693CPU366
IC693CPU367
IC693CPU374

IC697CGR772
IC697CGR935
IC697CPM790
IC697CPU731
IC697CPU780
IC697CPU788
IC697CPU789

IC697CPX772
IC697CPX782
IC697CPX928
IC697CPX935

IC200UAR014
IC200UDD104
IC200UDD112

IC200UDR001
IC200UDR002
IC200UDR003

IC200UAA007
IC200UAL004
IC200UAL005
IC200UAL006
IC200UAR028
IC200UDD064
IC200UDD164
IC200UDD110

IC200UDD120
IC200UDD212
IC200UDR005
IC200UDR006
IC200UDR010
IC200UDR064
IC200UDR164

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

K300S

K4P-15AS
K3P-07S

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

K120S

K7M-DU

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

K80S

K7M-DS (/DC)

Nexgenie 2000 PLC

P2210
P2211

P2213A
P2214

Nexgenie 1000 PLC

NG14RLNG14RNNG16ADLNG16ADN

NG16DLNG16DN

Flexi Soft Series

Siemens AG

8IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU323

K200S

Schneider Electric SA

SICK AG

Model name

IC200UAA003

VersaMax Micro

LS Industrial Systems Co.,Ltd.

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21 *1
Serialcommunication EtherNet/IP
Ethernetconnection
connection
connection
RS-422 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232
Direct CPU
connection

SMC Corporation

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

Twido Series

⁄ *14

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

Modicon Premium Series

⁄ *14

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

Modicon Quantum Series

⁄ *14

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

SIMATIC S7-200 Series

⁄ *17

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

SIMATIC S7-300 Series

⁄ *19

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

SIMATIC S7-400 Series

⁄ *19

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

SIMATIC S7-1200 Series

⁄ *17

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *18

✕

✕

✕

✕

FX3-CPU000000
FX3-CPU130002

LECA6

FX3-CPU320002

LECP6

*1

Specifications

Select an appropriate GT21 model depending on the connection type. For the details of applicable
GOT models for each connection type, please refer to page 138.
*2 GT21 cannot be connected.
*3 Connectable only when a single communication unit is used in a single CPU system.
*4 Either RS-422 or RS-232 can be selected.
*5 Only CJ2M-CPU1 can be connected.
*6 Connection is not available with the E type CP1E.
*7 For CP1E (N type) CPU modules with 20 or less I/O points, only the direct CPU connection is available.
*8 The CQM1-CPU11 is unable to communicate with GOT since the CQM1-CPU11 has no RS-232 interface.
*9 SYSMAC CVM1/CV can be used with a CPU version 1 or later.
*10 An RS-232/RS-422 interface converter (TXU-2051) is required.
*11 Connection to DH485 network is available via adapter (1770-KF3).
*12 DH485 connection can be used with a CPU in the series C or later. (DH485 protocol is not supported
by a CPU in the series B or earlier.)*13 One-to-one connection is supported by a CPU in the series D or later. (DF1 half duplex is notsupported by a CPU in the series C or earlier.)*14 Only MODBUS®/TCP connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/TCP master communication
driver.
*15 EtherNet/IP (PCCC protocol) is supported.
*16 Use EtherNet/IP Tag.
*17 Only OP communication can be used in Ethernet connection of the S7-200 Series and the S7-1200 Series.
*18 Only MODBUS®/RTU connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/RTU master communication
driver.
*19 Only OP communication can be used on GT21.
*20 Only RS-485 is supported.
*21 GT21 does not support EtherNet/IP Tag.

■ Modules usable when connected with non-Mitsubishi controllers in serial communication connection, Ethernet connection, EtherNet/IP connection
Manufacturer

Ethernet

RS-422

RS-232

CJ1W-SCU31-V1
CJ1W-SCU41(-V1)
CP1W-CIF11
CP1W-CIF12
CQM1-SCB41
CS1W-SCB41(-V1)
C200H-LK202-V1
C200HW-COM03
C200HW-COM06
C500-LK201-V1

CJ1W-SCU21(-V1)
CJ1W-SCU41(-V1)
CPM1-CIF01
CPM2C-CIF01-V1
CP1W-CIF01
CQM1-CIF02
CQM1-SCB41
CS1W-SCB21(-V1)
CS1W-SCB41(-V1)
CS1W-SCU21(-V1)
C200HW-COM02
C200HW-COM05
C200HW-COM06
C200H-LK201-V1
C500-LK201-V1

KV-L20
KV-L20R
KV-L20V

KV-L20
KV-L20R
KV-L20V——

D0-DCM
D2-DCM
U-01DM

D0-DCM
D2-DCM
U-01DM

—

—

—

—

—

CJ1W-EIP21
CJ1W-ETN21
CS1D-ETN21D
CS1W-EIP21
CS1W-ETN21

OMRON Corporation

Host link unit
Communication unit
Communication board
Ethernet module

KEYENCE CORPORATION

Multi-communication unit
Ethernet module

KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIESCO., LTD.

134

Data communications module
Host link module

KV-LE20V
KV-LE21V
KV-EP21V

NEW

Sharp Corporation

Link unit—

JW-10CM
JW-21CM
ZW-10CMJTEKT Corporation

Link unit—

THU-2755
THU-2927
THU-5139

Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems
Co., Ltd.

Intelligent serial port module—

COMM-HCOMM-2H

COMM-HCOMM-2H

EtherNet/IP
CJ1W-EIP21

NEW—

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Manufacturer
Hitachi, Ltd.

EthernetCommunication module—

RS-422

RS-232C interface card—

General-purpose interface module
Communication module

Ethernet interface module

Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX
Co., Ltd.

Computer communication unit
Communication cassette

MEMOBUS module
Communication module

Yokogawa Electric Corporation

PC link module
Ethernet interface module

Allen-Bradley(Rockwell Automation, Inc.)

EtherNet/IP communication module

GE Intelligent Platforms, Inc.

Communication module
Cnet I/F unit

LS Industrial Systems Co., Ltd.

Schneider Electric SA

FFK120A-C10

FFU120B
NC1L-RS4

FFU120B
NC1L-RS2

NP1L-RS1
NP1L-RS2
NP1L-RS3

NP1L-RS1
NP1L-RS4
NP1L-RS5———

AFPX-COM3
AFP7CCM1
AFP7CCM2
AFP7CCS1M1

AFPG801
AFPG802
AFPX-COM1
AFPX-COM2
AFPX-COM4
AFP2462
AFP3462
AFP5462
AFP7CCS1
AFP7CCS2
AFP7CCS1M1

NEW
NEW
NEW

—

NEW
NEW
NEW

CP-218IF
218IF
218IF-01
218IF-02 *1
218TXB

JAMSC-IF612
JAMSC-120NOM27100
217IF
217IF-01

CP-217IF
JAMSC-IF60
JAMSC-IF61
217IF
217IF-01
218IF-01
218IF-02 *1—

F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3LE12-0T

F3LC11-2N
F3LC11-2F
LC02-0N

F3LC01-1N
F3LC11-1F
F3LC11-1N
F3LC12-1F
LC01-0N
LC02-0N—

1756-ENBT
1756-ENET
1756-EN2TR

1756-ENBT
1756-ENET *2
1756-EN2T
1756-EN2TR
1788-ENBT/A

—

—

—

IC693CMM311
IC697CMM711

IC693CMM311
IC697CMM711——

G7L-CUEC

G7L-CUEB—

Cnet I/F module—

G4L-CUEA
G6L-CUEC

G4L-CUEA
G6L-CUEB—

Ethernet module

TSX ETY 4102
TSX ETY 5102
140 NOE 771 00
140 NOE 771 10
140 NWM 100 00

—

—

—

Ethernet module

CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 343-1 Advanced-IT
CP 343-1 IT
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-1 Advanced-IT

—

—

—

*1

When connecting MP2200, MP2300, or MP2300S using Ethernet connection or RS-232 connection, use a CPU of the software version 2.60 or later.

*2

Use an EtherNet/IP communication module 1756-ENET of the version B or later.

NEW

8Specifications

Siemens AG

NV1L-RS2—

YASKAWA Electric Corporation—

FFK120A-C10

NP1L-ET1

EtherNet/IP

LQE060
LQE160
LQE560—RS-232C/485 interface capsule
FUJI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

RS-232

LQE165
LQE565◆ Servo amplifiers
Manufacturer

Panasonic Corporation

Model nameGT27/GT25/GT23
RS-485
RS-232MINAS A4 Series⁄⁄

MINAS A4F Series⁄⁄

MINAS A4L Series⁄⁄

MINAS A5 Series

⁄

⁄

135

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ Robot controllers
Manufacturer

IAI Corporation
X-SEL controller

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21

Model name

RS-422

RS-232

ROBO CYLINDER RCA Series
dedicated program controller

ASEL

ASEL

✕

⁄

ROBO CYLINDER RCP2 Series
dedicated program controller

PSEL

PSEL

✕

⁄

Single-axis robot/linear servo/
ROBO CYLINDER RCS2
program controller

SSEL

SSEL

✕

⁄

Single-axis, multi-axis robot controller

X-SEL

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

XSEL-J

XSEL-KTXSEL-K

XSEL-P

XSEL-KEXSEL-QXSEL-KET
SCARA robot controller

X-SEL

XSEL-JX

XSEL-PX

XSEL-KTXXSEL-QXXSEL-KX

IAI Corporation
ROBO CYLINDER

RCA2/RCA Series
positioner controller

ACON

ERC2 built-in positioner controller

ERC2

RCP3/RCP2 Series
positioner controller

PCON

RCS2 Series
positioner controller

SCON

ACON-C

ACON-PL

ACON-CG

ACON-PO

ACON-CY

ACON-SE

ERC2
PCON-C

PCON-CY

PCON-CA *1

PCON-PL

PCON-CFPCON-PO

PCON-CFA *1

PCON-SE

PCON-CGTOSHIBA MACHINE CO., LTD.

*1

SCON-CSCON-CA

TS2000SCARA robot controller

TS2100Use PCON-CA or PCON-CFA of V0002 or later.

◆ Temperature controllers/Other control equipment
Manufacturer

RS-485

RS-422

RS-232⁄ (4-wire type *11)✕⁄

Ethernet✕⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

AHC2001

AHC2001

AUR

AUR350C

CMC

CMC10B⁄ (4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

CMF015⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

CMF050⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

CML

CML

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

CMS

CMS

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

DMC10

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

DMC50

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

✕

✕

MPC

MPC

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

MQV

MQV

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

MVF

MVF

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1 *9)

✕

✕

⁄ *10

CMF

8

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21

Model name

DMC

Specifications

Azbil Corporation
*12

NX

SDC

AUR450C

NX-D15
NX-D25

NX-D35

NX-DX1
NX-DX2NX-DY1NX-DY2⁄ (2-wire type *1 *9)

✕

✕

⁄ *10

NX-S01
NX-S11

NX-S12NX-S21⁄ (2-wire type *1 *9)

✕

✕

⁄ *10

SDC15
SDC25
SDC26

SDC35
SDC36

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SDC45

SDC46

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SDC20
SDC21
SDC30
SDC31

SDC40A
SDC40B
SDC40G⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

PBZ

PBC201-VN2⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

RX

RX

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

INPANEL NEO

E5ZN⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

E5AN
E5EN
THERMAC NEO

OMRON Corporation
E5C

NEW

E5CN
E5GN

E5AN-H
E5AN-HTNEWNEW

E5EN-H
E5EN-HT

NEW
NEW⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄ *2

✕

E5CN-HNEW

E5CN-HTNEW⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄

✕

E5AC
E5CC
E5DC

E5EC
E5GC

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

E5CC-B

E5EC-B⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

E5AC-T
E5CC-T

E5EC-T⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

E5AR
E5AR-T

E5ER
E5ER-T⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

ACS-13A Series

ACS-13A-/,,C5 *8⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

DCL-33A Series

DCL-33A-/M,,C5 *8⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

THERMAC R

NEW

JCD-33A-/,C5 *8
Shinko Technos Co., Ltd.

JC Series136

JCR-33A-/,C5 *8
JCS-33A-/,C5 *8*12

JCM-33A Series

JCM-33A-/,,C5 *8

✕

⁄ *2

✕

FCR-100 Series

FCR-13A-/M,C

FCR-15A-/M,C

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

FCD-100 Series

FCD-13A-/M,C

FCD-15A-/M,C

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

FCR-23A Series

FCR-23A-/M,C

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Manufacturer

GT27/GT25/GT23/GT21

Model name

RS-485

PC935-/M,C⁄ (2-wire type *1)

PC955-/M,C

Shinko Technos Co., Ltd.
*12

RS-232Ethernet

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

PC935-/M,C5 *8

PC-900 Series

RS-422✕

PC955-/M,C5 *8⁄ (2-wire type *1)⁄ (2-wire type *1)

PCD-300 Series

PCD-33A-/M,C5 *8

FIR Series

FIR-201-M,C

JIR-301-M Series

JIR-301-M,C5 *8⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

AH3000 Series

AH3000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

AL3000 Series

AL3000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

DB1000 Series

DB1000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

DB2000 Series

DB2000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

DZ1000 Series

DZ1000 *7⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

DZ2000 Series

DZ2000 *7⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

GT120 Series

GT120⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

CHINO CORPORATIONJU SeriesJU⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

✕

✕

*12

KE Series

KE3000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

✕

✕

KP Series

KP1000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

LE5000 Series

LE5000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

✕

✕

LT230 Series

LT230⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

LT300 Series

LT350

LT370

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

LT400 Series

LT450

LT470

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

LT830 Series

LT830⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SE3000 Series

SE3000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄

✕

Micro Controller X

PXH
PXG
PXR

PXH9
PXG4/5/9
PXR3/4/5/9⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

GREEN Series
(UM)

UM330
UM331

UM350
UM351

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UP350
UP351

UP550

FUJI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
*12

GREEN Series(UP)
GREEN Series (US)

Yokogawa Electric
Corporation

KP2000⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UP750

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

US1000⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UT320
UT321
UT350
UT351
UT420

GREEN Series
(UT)

✕

UT450
UT520
UT550
UT551

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UP150

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UT100 Series (UT)

UT130
UT150

UT152
UT155

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

UT2000 Series

UT2400

UT2800

UTAdvanced Series (UM)

UM33A

UTAdvanced Series (UP)UP35A

UTAdvanced Series (UT)

UT32A
UT35A

⁄ (4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

⁄ *10

UP55A

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

⁄ *10

UT55A
UT75A

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

⁄ *10

UT52A
H-PCP-J

SR Mini HG

H-PCP-A

SRZ

Z-CT
Z-DIO
Z-TIO

CB *7

CB100
CB400
CB500

*12

*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6

⁄ (2-wire type *1)
H-PCP-B *7

CB700
CB900

FB100

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1 *6)

⁄ *5

⁄ *2

⁄ *10

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

✕

⁄ *2

⁄ *10

FB400

FB900

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

⁄

⁄ *10

RB

RB100
RB400
RB500

RB700
RB900

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

PF

PF900

PF901

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

⁄

✕

HA

HA400
HA401

HA900
HA901

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

⁄

✕

RMC

RMC500⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

MA

MA900

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

⁄

✕

AG

AG500

⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

✕

✕

THV

THV-A1⁄ (2-wire type *1/4-wire type)

⁄

✕

✕

SA

SA100

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SRX

X-TIO

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SB1

SB1

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

B400

B400

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

✕

✕

FZ110

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

FB

RKC INSTRUMENT INC.

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

FZ 

NEW

RZ

NEW

MA901

SA200

FZ400

FZ900

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

⁄

⁄ *2

✕

RZ100

RZ400

⁄ (2-wire type *1)

✕

⁄ *2

✕

GT27/GT25: Use RS-422/485 interface, GT15-RS4-TE, or FA-LTBGT2R4CBL. GT15-RS4-9S
cannot be used.
If the temperature controller/indicating controller has an RS-485 interface, use an RS-232/RS-485
converter for the manufacturer.
If the temperature controller/indicating controller has an RS-422 interface, use an RS-232/RS-422
converter for the manufacturer.
Only the indicating controller equipped with RS-232 communication function can be connected.
Use a communication extension module (Z-COM).
Use a communication extension module (Z-COM) depending on the system configuration of thetemperature controller.

Select a model that supports the MODBUS® communication function.
Connectable with the products manufactured in October 2007 or later (Indicating controllers with theserial numbers 07Axxxxxx, 07Kxxxxxx, and 07Xxxxxxx or later).
*9 Only MODBUS®/RTU connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/RTU master communication
driver.
*10 Only MODBUS®/TCP connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/TCP master communication
driver.
*11 Use a serial communication unit SCU.
*12 GT21 cannot be connected.

8Specifications

UT750
UT100 Series (UP)

*12

*7
*8

137

Specifications
Connectable model list (GOT2000)◆ MODBUS® devices

Communication with MODBUS® compatible devices is possible by using the MODBUS®/RTU master or MODBUS®/RTU slave communication driver, or the
MODBUS®/TCP master or MODBUS®/TCP slave communication driver.
For the MODBUS® devices, which have been checked for operation, please refer to the Technical Bulletin “List of Valid Devices Applicable for GOT2000 Series
MODBUS® Connection” No. GOT-A-0070.

◆ PROFIBUS DP devices

Communication with PROFIBUS DP-compliant devices is possible by using the PROFIBUS DP communication driver. (GT27, GT25 only)
For the PROFIBUS DP-compliant devices, please refer to the Technical Bulletin “List of PROFIBUS DP-compliant Equipment Validated to Operate with the GOT2000
Series” No. GOT-A-0083.

◆ DeviceNet devices

Communication with DeviceNet-compliant devices is possible by using the DeviceNet communication driver. (GT27, GT25 only)
For the DeviceNet-compliant devices, please refer to the Technical Bulletin “List of DeviceNet-compliant Equipment Validated to Operate with the GOT2000 Series”
No. GOT-A-0084.

◆ Computer connection

By connecting a PC, microcomputer board, programmable controller, etc. to a GOT, the data can be written to or read from virtual devices of the GOT.

◆ SLMP devices

Communication with SLMP compatible devices is possible by using the SLMP communication driver.
For the SLMP devices, which have been checked for operation, please refer to the Technical Bulletin “List of SLMP-compatible Equipment Validated to Operate with
the GOT2000 Series” No. GOT-A-0085.

◆ CC-Link IE Field Network Basic-compatible devices

Communication with CC-Link IE Field Network Basic-compatible devices is possible by using the Ethernet (CC-Link IE Field Network Basic) communication driver.
The GOT2000 Series operates as a slave station and is connectable to CC-Link IE Field Network Basic-compatible devices that operate as master stations.
For the CC-Link IE Field Network Basic-compatible devices, please refer to the Technical Bulletin "List of CC-Link IE Field Network Basic-compatible Equipment
Validated to Operate with the GOT2000 Series" No. GOT-A-0104.

■ Applicable GOT models for each connection type
The GOT to be used differs depending on the connection type.

Model

Connection type

Applicable model

RS-232
RS-422/485

8

Ethernet
GT27/GT25

CC-Link (via G4)

Other than above

Specifications

GT27 all models
GT25 models excluding some models(By mounting communication units on the GOT, bus connection, network connection, and others can be used.
No communication units can be mounted on GT2510-WX, GT2507-W, and GT2505.)

RS-232
GT23

RS-422/485
Ethernet

All models(Built-in interfaces of the GOT can be used.)

CC-Link (via G4)
RS-232

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBDS2

RS-422/485

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBD
GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBLS *1

Ethernet

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD

GT2104-RTBD
GT2103-PMBD

CC-Link (via G4)

GT2107-WTBD
GT2107-WTSD
GT2104-RTBD

GT2103-PMBD
GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBDS2

GT21

*1

138

All models(Built-in interfaces of the GOT can be used.)

Only connection with MELSEC iQ-F Series and MELSEC-F Series is supported.

Specifications
Connectable model list (GT SoftGOT2000 Version1)

For the details of the connection configuration, pleaserefer to the GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric programmable controllers/C Controller modules/Safety controllers/Motion controllers
SeriesModel name

Ethernetconnection

Direct CPU connection

Connection type
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE
Serial
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10
Field
communication Controller
Network
Network
connection connection *1
connection connection connection

RS-232

USB

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄ *29

✕

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *18

⁄

⁄

⁄ *2

⁄ *4

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄ *4

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄ *4

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

R04CPU
R08CPU
R16CPU
R32CPU
R120CPU

MELSEC iQ-R Series

R04ENCPU
R08ENCPU
R16ENCPU
R32ENCPU
R120ENCPU
R08SFCPU *27
Safety CPU

R16SFCPU *27
R32SFCPU *27
R120SFCPU *27
R08PCPU*28

Process CPU

R16PCPU*28
R32PCPU*28
R120PCPU*28

Q03UDVCPU
High-speed universal
model QCPUQ04UDVCPU
Q06UDVCPU
Q13UDVCPU
Q26UDVCPUQ00UJCPU
Q00UCPU⁄ *2

Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Universal model
QCPU

⁄ *3

Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU

⁄ *23

⁄

⁄

⁄

Q06UDHCPU
Q10UDHCPU⁄ *2

Q13UDHCPU
Q20UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
Q03UDECPU⁄ *3

Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPUMELSEC-Q Series(Q mode)Built-inEthernet type

Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU

⁄ *23

⁄ *18

⁄

⁄

Q20UDEHCPU

⁄ *2

8

Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU

Programmablecontroller

Q100UDEHCPU
Q00JCPU
Q00CPU *6

⁄ *23

⁄

Q02CPU *6
High performance model
QCPU

✕

⁄

⁄ *5

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄

⁄ *7

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

✕

⁄ *10

⁄ *10

Q01CPU *6✕

Q02HCPU *6
Q06HCPU *6

⁄ *23

⁄

⁄ *23

⁄

Q12HCPU *6⁄

Q25HCPU *6
Q02PHCPU
Process CPU

Q06PHCPU
Q12PHCPU

⁄ *8
⁄

⁄
⁄ *9

Q25PHCPUMELSEC-QS Series

Redundant CPU(main base)

Q12PRHCPU

Redundant CPU(extension base)

Q12PRHCPU

Q25PRHCPU
Q25PRHCPU
QS001CPU
L02SCPU
L02SCPU-P

⁄ *9

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *11

✕

⁄ *12

⁄ *13

⁄

⁄

⁄ *15

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ *16

✕

✕

⁄ *14

⁄ *17

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ *16

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄
⁄
*14

Specifications

Basic model
QCPU

L02CPU
L02CPU-P
MELSEC-L Series

L06CPU
L06CPU-P
L26CPU
L26CPU-P
L26CPU-BT
L26CPU-PBTMELSEC iQ-F Series

FX5U
FX5UC
FX0
FX0S
FX0N
FX1
FX1S
FX1N

MELSEC-F Series

FX1NC
FX2
FX2C
FX2N
FX2NC
FX3G
FX3GC

139

Specifications
Connectable model list (GT SoftGOT2000 Version1)◆ Mitsubishi Electric programmable controllers/C Controller modules/Safety controllers/Motion controllers
SeriesModel name

Ethernetconnection

Direct CPU connection

Connection type
CC-Link IE CC-Link IE
Serial
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10
Field
communication Controller
Network
Network
connection connection *1
connection connection connection

RS-232

USB

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *25

✕

⁄ *26

⁄ *19

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

⁄ *18

⁄

⁄ *19

⁄ *2

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

FX3U
FX3UC

Programmable
MELSEC-F Series
controller

FX3S
FX3GE

MELSEC iQ-R Series

R12CCPU-V
Q24DHCCPU-V

C Controller
moduleQ24DHCCPU-VG
Q24DHCCPU-LS

MELSEC-Q Series

Q26DHCCPU-LS
Q12DCCPU-V *20
Safetycontroller

WS0-CPU0MELSEC-WS Series

WS0-CPU1
WS0-CPU3
R16MTCPUMELSEC iQ-R Series

R32MTCPU
R64MTCPUQ172CPUQ173CPUQ172CPUNQ173CPUN
Q172HCPUQ173HCPU

Motioncontroller

Q172DCPUQ173DCPUMELSEC-Q Series

Q172DCPU-S1
Q173DCPU-S1
Q172DSCPU
Q173DSCPU
Q170MCPU *21 *22
Q170MSCPU *22
Q170MSCPU-S1 *22
MR-MQ100

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *18

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄ *4

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄ *23

⁄ *23

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕
✕

QJ72LP25-25
MELSECNET/H remote I/O station

QJ72LP25G
QJ72BR15

CC-Link IE Field Network head
moduleMELSEC iQ-R Series

RJ72GF15-T2 NEW

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄ *29

✕

MELSEC-L Series

LJ72GF15-T2

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

✕

✕

NZ2GF-ETB *24

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CC-Link IE Field Network Ethernet adapter module

8

*1
*2

Specifications

*3
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
*9
*10
*11
*12
*13
*14
*15

140

Includes the connection where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to
the remote I/O network is not allowed.
Use a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than
09042.
Use a CPU and a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No.
later than 09042.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 12012.
Use a CPU of function version B or later or a CC-Link IE Controller Network module of function version D or later.
For the multiple CPU system configuration, use a CPU of function version B or later.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09012.
When the total number of stations in a network is 65 or more, use a CC-Link IE Controller Network
module with the upper five digits of the serial No. 09042 or later.
When the total number of stations in a network is 65 or more, use a CC-Link IE Controller Network
module with the upper five digits of the serial No. 09042 or later.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 10042 or a CC-Link IE Controller
Network module of function version D or later.
Use a MELSECNET/H interface board driver (SW0DNC-MNETH-B) with the version K or later.
Only the host station and the host station settings can be accessed. (Access to other stations orother PLC CPUs are not allowed.)
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 10032 or a CC-Link IE Controller
Network module of function version D or later.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 13042.
When using a LJ71E71-100, use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 14112.
Use a LJ71E71-100 since L02SCPU and L02SCPU-P have no built-in Ethernet port.

*16
*17
*18
*19
*20
*21
*22
*23
*24
*25
*26
*27
*28
*29

Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 13012.
The adapter L6ADP-R2 is required.
Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since the CPU has no serial port.
Use the serial port of a serial communication module controlled by another CPU on the multiple CPU
system.
Use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 12042.
When using SV43, use the motion controller CPU on which any of the following main OS software
version is installed.
SW7DNC-SV43QM: 00F or later
Only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be connected. The PERIPHERAL I/F cannot be used.
In the Ethernet, MELSECNET/H, or MELSECNET/10 connection, to monitor a QCPU in the multiple
CPU system, always use a network module of function version B or later.
Devices of other stations can be monitored via NZ2GF-ETB. (Devices of the host station cannot bemonitored.)
Use the built-in Ethernet port since RJ71EN71 is not supported.
Access via the RCPU in the multiple CPU system since the CPU has no USB port to connect to apersonal computer.
Mount a safety function module R6SFM next to the RnSFCPU on the base unit. The RnSFCPU andthe safety function module R6SFM must have the same pair version. If their pair versions differ, the
RnSFCPU does not operate.
Mount a redundant function module R6RFM next to the RnPCPU on the base unit when building a
redundant system.
In a redundant system, use a CC-Link IE Field Network interface board with the upper five digits ofthe serial No. 18042 or later.

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual.

■ Modules usable when connected with Mitsubishi Electric programmable controllers/C Controller modules/
Motion controllers● Ethernet connection• Programmable controller Ethernet modules
CPU series

Ethernet module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71EN71 *4

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
MELSEC-QS Series
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series) *1

QJ71E71-100
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71

MELSEC-L Series

LJ71E71-100 *2

MELSEC-F Series

FX3U-ENET-L *3
FX3U-ENET-ADP *3

*1
*2
*3
*4

When connecting to a Q170MCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1), only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored. The PERIPHERAL I/F cannot be used.
When using a LJ71E71-100, use a CPU with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 14112.
Options for extension controller may be required depending on the connected CPU.
Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

● Serial communication connection *1• Programmable controller serial communication modules
CPU series

Serial communication module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71C24 *3
RJ71C24-R2 *3

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series) *2

QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2

MELSEC-L Series
CC-Link IE Field Network head module (MELSEC-L Series)

LJ71C24
LJ71C24-R2

*1
*2
*3

QJ71CMO
QJ71CMON

Only RS-232 communication can be used.
When connecting to a Q170MCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1), only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored.
Use firmware version 07 or higher when building a redundant system.

● CC-Link IE Controller Network connection• Network modules (programmable controller side)
CPU series

CC-Link IE Controller Network module
RJ71GP21-SX *2

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
MELSEC-QS Series
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series) *1

QJ71GP21-SX
QJ71GP21S-SX*1When connecting to a Q170MCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1), only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored.

*2

Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

• Network interface boards (personal computer side)Type

Network interface board
Q80BD-J71GP21-SX
Q80BD-J71GP21S-SX

CC-Link IE Controller Network

8
Specifications

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

Q81BD-J71GP21-SX (optical loop)
Q81BD-J71GP21S-SX (optical loop, with external power supply function)● CC-Link IE Field Network connection• Network modules (programmable controller side)
CPU series

CC-Link IE Field Network module

MELSEC iQ-R Series
C Controller module (MELSEC iQ-R Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC iQ-R Series)

RJ71GF11-T2 *2
RJ71EN71
RD77GF4
RD77GF8
RD77GF16
NEW
RD77GF32

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode)
C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series) *1

QJ71GF11-T2

MELSEC-QS Series

QS0J71GF11-T2

MELSEC-L Series
MELSEC iQ-F Series

LJ71GF11-T2
FX5-CCLIEF

NEW

*1

When connecting to a Q170MCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1), only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored.

*2

Use firmware version 12 or higher when building a redundant system.

• Network interface boards (personal computer side)Type
CC-Link IE Field Network

Network interface board
Q81BD-J71GF11-T2

141

Specifications
Connectable model list (GT SoftGOT2000 Version1)● MELSECNET/H, MELSECNET/10 connection• Network modules (programmable controller side)
MELSECNET/H, MELSECNET/10 network module

CPU series

Optical loop

MELSEC-Q Series (Q mode) *1
MELSEC-QS Series
Motion controller (MELSEC-Q Series) *2

QJ71LP21
QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25

C Controller module (MELSEC-Q Series)

QJ71LP21-25
QJ71LP21S-25

Coaxial bus

QJ71BR11 *1*1

Use function version B or later of the MELSECNET/H network module and CPU.

*2

When connecting to a Q170MCPU/Q170MSCPU(-S1), only the PLC CPU area (CPU No.1) can be monitored.

• Network interface boards (personal computer side)Type

Network interface board
Q80BD-J71LP21-25 (optical loop)
Q80BD-J71LP21S-25 (optical loop, with external power supply function)
Q80BD-J71LP21G (optical loop)
Q80BD-J71BR11 (coaxial loop)

MELSECNET/H

Q81BD-J71LP21-25 (optical loop)◆ Mitsubishi Electric servo amplifiers (SSCNET III/H) NEW
Model
name

SeriesMR-J4-B
MR-J4-B-RJ
MR-J4W2-B
MR-J4W3-B

MELSERVO-J4
SeriesMELSERVO-JE
Series8Connection type
Direct CPU connection

CC-Link IE
Serial
CC-Link IE
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10
Field
communication
Controller
connection
connection *1
connection Network connection Network connection

RS-232

USB

RnMTCPU

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

RD77MS

RnCPU

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

FX5-40SSC-S

FX5CPU

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

FX5-80SSC-S

FX5UCPU

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

RD77MS *2

RnCPU

⁄

✕

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

FX5-40SSC-S

FX5CPU

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

FX5-80SSC-S

FX5UCPU

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

—

*1

Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to the remote I/O network is not allowed.

*2

Use a module with the firmware version 3 or later.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric robot controllers

Specifications

SeriesController name
CR750-Q(Q172DRCPU)
CR751-Q(Q172DRCPU)F Series

CR750-D
CR751-D

Ethernetconnection

Direct CPU connection

Connection type
Serial
CC-Link IE
CC-Link IE
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10
communication
Controller
Field
connection
connection *1
connection Network connection Network connection

RS-232

USB

⁄ *2

⁄ *3

⁄ *5

⁄

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

⁄

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕
⁄

SQ Series

CRnQ-700(Q172DRCPU)

⁄ *2

⁄ *3

⁄ *5

⁄

⁄ *4

⁄

⁄

SD Series

CRnD-700

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CR800-D

⁄

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

CR800-R(R16RTCPU)

⁄

✕

⁄ *6

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

FR Series

142

MR-JE-B

Motion controller CPU, or
programmable controller
SimpleEthernetmotion
CPU type
connection
moduleNEW*1Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to the remote I/O network is not allowed.

*2

The Display I/F of CRnQ-700, CR750/751-Q cannot be used. Ethernet connections can be established only via the Ethernet module (QJ71E71) or the built-in Ethernet port in the multiple CPU system (QnUDE).

*3

Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since CRnQ-700 and CR750/751-Q have no serial port.

*4

Use a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09042.

*5

Access via QCPU in the multiple CPU system since CR750-Q, CR751-Q, and CRnQ-700 have no USB port.

*6

Access via RCPU in the multiple CPU system since CR800-R has no USB port.

Specifications
For the details of the connection configuration, please refer to the GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual.

◆ Mitsubishi Electric CNCs
Connection type
Series
CNC C80 (R16NCCPU-S1)

EthernetconnectionNEW

CNC C70 (Q173NCCPU)

*1
*2
*3
*4

Direct CPU connection
RS-232

USB

Serial
CC-Link IE
CC-Link IE
MELSECNET/H MELSECNET/10
communication
Controller
Field
connection
connection *1
connection Network connection Network connection

⁄

✕

⁄ *4

✕

✕

✕

✕

✕

⁄

⁄ *2

⁄

⁄

⁄ *3

⁄

⁄

⁄

Only supports the case where MELSECNET/H is used in the MELSECNET/10 mode. Connection to the remote I/O network is not allowed.
Access via the serial port (RS-232) of QCPU in the multiple CPU system since CNC C70 has no serial port.
Use a CC-Link IE Controller Network module with the upper five digits of the serial No. later than 09042.
Access via RCPU in the multiple CPU system since CNC C80 has no USB port.

◆ Non-Mitsubishi programmable controllers/Motion controllers
Connection type
Manufacturer
SYSMAC CJ1

⁄

✕

CJ2M

⁄

⁄ *1

✕

SYSMAC CPM

CPM2A

✕

⁄

✕

SYSMAC CQM1

CQM1

✕

⁄ *2

✕

SYSMAC CQM1H

CQM1H

✕

⁄

✕

SYSMAC CP1

CP1E (N type)

✕

⁄ *6

✕

SYSMAC CS1

CS1H
CS1G

CS1D *3⁄⁄✕

SYSMAC CVM1/CV *4

CVM1-CPU11-V
CVM1-CPU01-V
CV500-CPU01-V

CV1000-CPU01-V
CV2000-CPU01-V

✕

⁄

✕

SYSMAC α

C200HX
C200HG

C200HE

✕

⁄

✕

NJ

NJ501-
NJ101-

NJ301-

KV-700
KV-1000

KV-3000

KV-5000

KV-5500

Unified Controller
nv Series

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

KV-7300

NEW

⁄

✕

✕

KV-7500

NEW

⁄

✕

✕

⁄

✕

✕

✕

⁄

✕

PU811
GL130

GL60S
GL60H

GL70H

✕

✕

⁄

⁄

✕

⁄

CP-9300MS

✕

⁄

✕

MP920

⁄

⁄

⁄

MP930

✕

⁄

✕

MP940

✕

⁄

✕

PROGIC-8✕⁄✕

CP-9200(H)

✕

⁄

✕

CP-312⁄✕⁄CP-317⁄✕⁄MP2200MP2300MP2300S⁄✕⁄

MP3200MP3300

⁄

✕

✕

FA-M3

F3SP05
F3SP08
F3FP36
F3SP21
F3SP25
F3SP28
F3SP35

F3SP38
F3SP53
F3SP58
F3SP59
F3SP66
F3SP67⁄✕✕

FA-M3VF3SP71-4N
F3SP71-4S

F3SP76-7S⁄✕✕

STARDOM

NFCP100

NFJT100

⁄ *7

✕

✕

SIMATIC S7-200 series *5
SIMATIC S7-300 series

SIMATIC S7-400 series
SIMATIC S7-1200 series *5

⁄

✕

✕

Only CJ2M-CPU1 can be connected.
Connection to the CQM1-CPU11 is not allowed since the CQM1-CPU11 has no RS-232 interface.
Connection is supported only when a single communication unit is used in a single CPU system
configuration.

*4
*5
*6
*7

8
Specifications

GL120

CP-9200SH

Yokogawa Electric
Corporation

*1
*2
*3

✕

⁄

⁄

YASKAWA Electric Corporation

Siemens AG

CJ1M

Direct CPU connection Serial communication(RS-232)
connection (RS-232)⁄

KEYENCE CORPORATIONTOSHIBACORPORATION

CJ1H
CJ1G

Ethernetconnection

CJ2H

SYSMAC CJ2OMRON Corporation

Model name

SYSMAC CVM1/CV can be used with a CPU version 1 or later.
Only OP communication can be used in Ethernet connection of the S7-200 series and the S7-1200 series.
Connection is not available with the E type CP1E.
Only MODBUS®/TCP connection is supported. Use the MODBUS®/TCP master communication driver.

143

Specifications
Connectable model list (GT SoftGOT2000 Version1)■ Modules usable when connected with non-Mitsubishi controllers in serial communication connection or Ethernet connection
Manufacturer

Ethernet

OMRON Corporation

Ethernet module

CS1W-ETN21
CS1W-EIP21

CJ1W-ETN21
CS1D-ETN21D

KEYENCE CORPORATION

Ethernet module

KV-LE20V

KV-LE21V

TOSHIBA CORPORATION

Ethernet module

EN811

YASKAWA Electric Corporation

MEMOBUS module
Communication module

218IF
218IF-01
218IF-02 *1
218TXB

Yokogawa Electric Corporation

Ethernet interface
moduleF3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3LE12-0T

Siemens AG

Ethernet module

CP243-1
CP243-1 IT
CP343-1
CP343-1 Advanced*1

RS-232———
JAMSC-IF60
JAMSC-IF61
CP-217IF
217IF

217IF-01
218IF-01
218IF-02 *1—
CP343-1 IT
CP343-1 Lean
CP443-1
CP443-1 IT—

To connect MP2200, MP2300, or MP2300S using Ethernet connection or RS-232 connection, use a CPU of software version 2.60 or later.

◆ MODBUS® devices
Communication is possible with devices compatible with MODBUS®/TCP master or MODBUS®/TCP slave connection.
For the MODBUS® devices, which have been checked for operation, please refer to the Technical Bulletin "List of Valid Devices Applicable for GOT2000 Series
MODBUS® Connection" No. GOT-A-0070.

◆ SLMP devices
Communication with SLMP compatible devices is possible.
For the SLMP devices, which have been checked for operation, please refer to the Technical Bulletin “List of SLMP-compatible Equipment Validated to Operate with
the GOT2000 Series” No. GOT-A-0085.

8
Specifications
144

Specifications
Compatibility with conventional products◆ Compatibility with GOT1000 Series
The following shows the overview of replacing from the GOT1000 Series. For the details, please refer to the following Technical Bulletins and Renewal Guidance.
• Technical Bulletin “Precautions when Replacing GOT1000 Series with GOT2000 Series” No.GOT-A-0061 (GT16, GT15)• Technical Bulletin “Information and precautions on replacing GOT1000 with GOT2000 (GT10 model → GT21 model)” No.HIME-T-P-0137• Renewal Guidance “GOT1000 Renewal Guidance” L(NA)08327ENG (GT16, GT15) Coming soon

Panel cut dimensions
The panel cut dimensions are the same if the GOT1000 Series and the GOT2000 Series have the same screen size. Changing mounting holes is not required.

GOT1000 Series

GOT2000 Series

15"

GT1695, GT1595 *1

Same dimensions as GT2715.

12.1"

GT1685, GT1585 *1

Same dimensions as GT2712, GT2512.

10.4"

GT167, GT157 *1, GT1275 *1

Same dimensions as GT2710, GT2510-V, GT2310.

8.4"

GT166, GT156 *1, GT1265 *1

Same dimensions as GT2708, GT2508, GT2308.

5.7"GT1655, GT155 *1, GT145, GT115 *1, GT105

Same dimensions as GT2705, GT2505.

GT1020 *1

Same dimensions as GT2103. (Although the screen size differs, panel cut dimensions are the same.)

3.7"
*1

Discontinued product.

Communication units, option units
Communication units and option units for the GT16, GT15, GT12, or GT10 can be used with the GOT2000 Series as-is except for the following devices.

GOT1000 Series

Remarks

GT15-RS2T4-25P

Use the built-in RS-422/485 interface orGT15-RS4-9S (serial communication unit)

GT15-75J71LP23-Z *1

GT15-J71LP23-25 (MELSECNET/H communication unit)

GT15-75J71BR13-Z *1

GT15-J71BR13 (MELSECNET/H communication unit)

Use MELSECNET/H communication unit in MELSECNET/10
mode.

CC-Link communication unit
(CC-Link (ID) Ver.1)

GT15-75J61BT13-Z *1

GT15-J61BT13 (CC-Link communication unit)—

Connection conversion adapter

GT10-9PT5S—

The adapter is not required on GT2103 and GT2104 because
Europe terminal blocks are used.

RS-422 conversion unit
Communication unit

MELSECNET/10 communication unit—

GT15-J71E71-100 *1

Use the built-in Ethernet interface or GT25-J71E71-100(Ethernet communication unit)—

GT16M-MMR

GT27-MMR-Z (multimedia unit)

A CF card is used with the unit.

GT27-V4-Z (video input unit)—

GT27-R2 (RGB input unit)
GT27-R2-Z (RGB input unit)—

GT27-V4R1-Z (video/RGB input unit)—

GT27-ROUT (RGB output unit)
GT27-ROUT-Z (RGB output unit)—

Option unit

RGB input unit
Video/RGB input unit
RGB output unit

GT16M-V4
GT15V-75V4 *1
GT16M-R2
GT15V-75R1 *1
GT16M-V4R1
GT15V-75V4R1 *1
GT16M-ROUT
GT15V-75ROUT *1

CF card unit

GT15-CFCD—

CF card extension unit

GT15-CFEX-C08SET—

A CF card cannot be used with the GOT2000 Series.
Use an SD memory card with the built-in SD memory card slot.

Discontinued product.

Cables<GT16, GT15>•	For the details of using the bus connection cables, RS-232 cables, RS-422 cables, or other cables for GT16 or GT15 with GT27 or GT25, please refer to theTechnical Bulletin “Precautions when Replacing GOT1000 Series with GOT2000 Series” No. GOT-A-0061.

8
Specifications

Ethernet communication unit
Multimedia unit
Video input unit

*1

GOT2000 Series

GT15-RS2T4-9P<GT10>• The cables being used with GT1020 can be used as-is with GT2103 (serial type).

Project data
The project data of the GOT1000 Series can be used as-is by converting the GOT Type using GT Designer3 Version 1.100E or later *.
* The supported version differs depending on the GOT2000 models.

◆ Compatibility with GOT900 Series
For the details, please refer to the following Technical Bulletins.
• Technical Bulletin “Precautions when Replacing GOT-A900 Series with GOT2000 Series” No.GOT-A-0062◆ Compatibility with GOT800, A77GOT, or A64GOT Series
For the details, please refer to the following Technical Bulletins.
• Technical Bulletin “Precautions when Replacing A800, A77GOT, A64GOT Series with GOT2000 Series” No.GOT-A-0063

For the Technical Bulletins and Renewal Guidance, please contact your local sales office.

145

Product List
For the status of conforming to various standards and laws (CE, ATEX, UL/cUL, Class I Division 2, EAC, KC, KCs, and maritime certifications[ABS/BV/DNV GL/LR/NK/RINA]), please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website (www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

GOT model nameGT27 15- X T B A

SymbolScreen size

SymbolStructure

SymbolResolution

SymbolPower type

15

15"

None

Standard

WX

WXGA

Symbol Display section
T

TFT color

Symbol Panel color
B

Black

A

100 V AC to 240 V AC

12

12.1"

F

Open frame

M

TFT monochrome

X

XGA

W

White

D

24 V DC10 10.4" or 10.4" Wide

S

SVGA

S

SilverL

5 V DC

08

8.4"

W

WVGA

N

No frame07

7" Wide

V

VGA

05

5.7"

R

480 × 272 dots

04

4.3"

P

320 × 128 dots

03

3.8"

GT27

Advanced model with multi-touch gesture functions

GT25

High-performance, cost efficient, mid-range model

GT23

Unchallenged cost performance

GT21

Compact models with basic functions

SymbolCommunication interface

None *1

Refer to Remarks columnof GOT

S *1

RS-232 and RS-422/485
interfaces, or RS-422
interface only

S2 *1

Two RS-232 interfaces-GF *2

CC-Link IE Field Network
communication unit set*1

For GT21 only

*2

For GT27/GT25 only

GOTs
Classification
GT2715

Model

Screen size

GT2715-XTBA

Display section
Display color

15" XGA

GT2715-XTBD

Black

GT2712-STBA
GT2712Black

GT2712-STBD

12.1" SVGA

GT2712-STWA

White

GT2712-STWD *1
GT2710-STBA

GT2710

TFT color65536 colors

GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTBD

9

Black

GT2708-VTBA

8.4" VGA

GT2708-VTBD
GT2705

GT2705-VTBD

Black

Product List

Black

GT2512-STBD

12.1" SVGA

GT2512F-STNA

—GT2512F-STNDGT2510-VTBA

Black

GT2510-VTBD
GT2510GT25

GT2510-VTWA

10.4" VGA

GT2510-VTWD *1

White
TFT color65536 colors

GT2510F-VTNAGT2510F-VTND
GT2508-VTBA

GT25088.4" VGA

GT2508-VTWD *1

WhiteGT2508F-VTNA—

GT2508F-VTND
GT2505
GT25
WideGT2510GT2507GT2310GT23GT2308146

GT2505-VTBDNEWGT2510-WXTBDNEWGT2510-WXTSD

NEW

GT2507-WTBD

NEW

GT2507-WTSD

NEW

GT2310-VTBA
GT2310-VTBD
GT2308-VTBA
GT2308-VTBD

—
Black

GT2508-VTBD
GT2508-VTWA

5.7" VGA
10.1" WXGA
7" WVGA
10.4" VGA
8.4" VGA

24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC

Multimedia & Video/RGB
compatible
Multi-touch compatible

100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC5.7" VGA

GT2512-STBA
GT251224 V DC
100 to 240 V AC

100 to 240 V AC

8.4" SVGA

GT2708-STBD

Remarks

24 V DCWhite

GT2710-VTWD *1
GT2708-STBA
GT2708Black

10.4" VGA

GT2710-VTWA

Power
100 to 240 V AC

100 to 240 V AC

10.4" SVGA

GT2710-STBD
GT27

Panel
color

Black
Black
TFT color65536 colors

Silver *2
Black
Silver *2

TFT color65536 colors

Black
Black

24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC

Multi-touch compatible—
Open frame model

100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC—

24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC

Open frame model

100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC—

24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC

Open frame model—

24 V DC
Wide model
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC—Product List

GOTs
Classification
GT2104Model
GT2104-RTBD

Screen size

Display section
Display color

4.3"[480 × 272 dots]

TFT color65536 colors

Black

3.8"
[320 × 128 dots]

TFT Monochrome (black/white)
32 shade grayscale
5-color LED(white, green, pink, orange, red)Black

GT2103-PMBD

GT21
GT2103GT2103-PMBDS
GT2103-PMBDS2
GT2103-PMBLS

GT21
Wide

GT2107GT2107-WTBD

NEW

GT2107-WTSD

NEW

7" WVGATFT color65536 colors

Panel
color

Black
Silver *2

Power

Remarks

24 V DC

Ethernet, RS-422/485,
RS-23224 V DC

Ethernet, RS-422/485

24 V DC

RS-232, RS-422/485

24 V DC

RS-232 × 2 channels

5 V DC

RS-422 (FXCPU connection only)

24 V DC

Wide model*1

To comply with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation, protective sheet (GT25-PSCC-UC) and special fitting (GT25-FIT-EXS) in the "Options" list (page 150) are required separately. (Only protective sheet isrequired for GT2508-VTWD.) Communication units and option units cannot be used. When using these units, GOT does not conform to the standards. For the details, please refer to the Technical Bulletin "GOT2000
Series in Compliance with the ATEX Directive and KCs Certification Requirements" (No. GOT-A-0101).

*2

The lower part of the panel including the USB environmental protection cover is black.

GOT + CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit sets
Classification
GT2715Model
GT2715-XTBA-GF
GT2715-XTBD-GF

Screen size

Display section
Display color

15" XGABlack

GT2712-STBA-GF
GT2712

GT2712-STBD-GF
GT2712-STWA-GF

Black
12.1" SVGAWhite

GT2712-STWD-GF
GT2710-STBA-GF
GT2710-STBD-GF
GT27

GT2710GT2710-VTWA-GF

TFT color65536 colors

GT2708GT2708-STBD-GF
GT2708-VTBA-GF
GT2708-VTBD-GF

GT2705GT2512

GT2705-VTBD-GF
GT2512-STBA-GF
GT2512-STBD-GF

GT25

GT2510-VTBD-GF
GT2510-VTWA-GF

Black
8.4" VGA
Black

12.1" SVGA

Black
Black

GT2508-VTBD-GF
GT2508-VTWA-GF
GT2508-VTWD-GF

24 V DC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC

GOT+
GT15-J71GF13-T2

100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC

TFT color65536 colors

White
Black

8.4" VGAWhite

24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
24 V DCGOT+
GT15-J71GF13-T2

9Product List

GT2508-VTBA-GF
GT250824 V DC
100 to 240 V AC

24 V DC5.7" VGA

GT2510-VTWD-GF

24 V DC

100 to 240 V AC

8.4" SVGA

10.4" VGA

Remarks

100 to 240 V AC

24 V DCWhite

GT2510-VTBA-GF
GT2510Black

10.4" VGA

GT2710-VTWD-GF
GT2708-STBA-GF

Power
100 to 240 V AC

100 to 240 V AC

10.4" SVGA

GT2710-VTBA-GF
GT2710-VTBD-GF

Panel
color

147

Product List

Communication units
Supported model
Product name
Ethernet communication unit *1

Serial communication unit

Q bus connection unit
MELSECNET/H
communication unit
CC-Link IE Controller Network
communication unit
CC-Link IE Field Network
communication unit
CC-Link communication unit
Field network adapter unit
Wireless LAN communication
unit *5

Model

Specifications
Data transfer method: 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T

●

—

—

—

—

GT15-RS2-9P

RS-232 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin male)

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-RS4-9S

RS-422/485 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin female) *1 *2

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-RS4-TE

RS-422/485 serial communication unit (terminal block) *1
Can be used only when connected with temperature controllers/indicating
controllers by RS-485 connection or at the GOT multi-drop connection

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-QBUS

Q bus connection (1 channel) unit standard model

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-QBUS2

Q bus connection (2 channels) unit standard model

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-75QBUSL

Q bus connection (1 channel) unit slim model *3

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-75QBUS2L

Q bus connection (2 channels) unit slim model *3

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-J71LP23-25

Normal station unit (optical loop)

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-J71BR13

Normal station unit (coaxial bus)

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-J71GP23-SX

Normal station unit (optical loop)

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-J71GF13-T2

Intelligent device station unit

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT15-J61BT13

Intelligent device station unit CC-Link Ver. 2 compliant

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT25-FNADP

Supported network: PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet *4

●

● *11

—

—

—

—

GT25-WLAN

IEEE802.11b/g/n compliant, built-in antenna, wireless LAN access point (basestation) *6, station (client), connection to personal computer, tablet, smartphone
Compliance with: Japan Radio Law *7, FCC standards *8, RE Directive *13 (R&TTE
Directive *8), SRRC *9, KC *9

●

● *11

●

—

—

—

GT25-J71E71-100

NEW

For GOT multi-drop connection

●

●

●

●

● *10

●

Connector conversion adapter GT10-9PT5SNEW

For connecting the RS-422/485 (D-Sub 9-pin connector) and RS-422/485(terminal block)

—

● *12

—

—

—

—

RS-232/485 signal conversion GT14-RS2T4-9P
adapterNEW

For connecting the RS-232 (D-Sub 9-pin connector) and RS-485 (terminal block)

—

● *12

—

—

—

—

*1

May not be able to be used depending on the connection target. For details, please refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

*2

Cannot be used when connected with temperature controllers or indicating controllers by RS-485 (2-wire type) connection.

*3

Cannot be stacked with other units.

*4

The unit should be used with an Anybus® CompactCom M40 network communication module manufactured by HMS. Please purchase the module by specifying the article number.

Supported network

Communication module product nameCommunication module article number

PROFIBUS DP

ABCC-M40-DPV1

AB6910-B, AB6910-C

DeviceNet

ABCC-M40-DEV

AB6909-B, AB6909-C*5

Data transfer in wireless LAN communication may not be as stable as that in cable communication. A packet loss may occur depending on the surrounding environment and the installation location. Be sure to
perform a confirmation of operation before using this product.

*6

When [Operation Mode] is set to [Access Point] in [Wireless LAN Setting] of GT Designer3, up to five stations are connectable.

*7

The product with hardware version A or later complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version A can be used only in Japan.

*8

The product with hardware version B or later complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version B or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway,
Iceland, and Liechtenstein.

*9

The product with hardware version D or later complies with the regulation. The product with hardware version D or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway,
Iceland, Liechtenstein, China (excluding Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan), and Korea.

*10 Available to GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBD, and GT2103-PMBDS.
*11 Not available to GT2505-VTBD.
*12 Only available to GT2505-VTBD.
*13 The product complies with the RE Directive from March 31, 2017.

Product List

Option units
Supported model
Product name

Model

Specifications

GT27 GT25

GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

Printer unit

GT15-PRN

USB slave (PictBridge) for printer connection, 1 channel
Cable for connection between printer unit and printer (3m) included

●

● *4

—

—

—

—

Multimedia unit

GT27-MMR-Z

For video input (NTSC/PAL), 1 channel, recording video/playing video files

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

Video input unit

GT27-V4-Z

For video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT27-R2

For analog RGB input, 2 channels (simultaneous display) *3

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT27-R2-Z

For analog RGB input, 2 channels (display by channel) *3

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT27-V4R1-Z

For video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels/analog RGB, 1 channel input

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT27-ROUT

For analog RGB output, 1 channel (slim unit)

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT27-ROUT-Z

For analog RGB output, 1 channel

● *1

—

—

—

—

—

GT15-SOUT

For sound output (f3.5 stereo pin jack)

●

● *4

—

—

—

—

GT15-DIOR

For connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel(negative common input, source type output)

●

● *4

—

—

—

—

GT15-DIO

For connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel(positive common input, sink type output)

●

● *4

—

—

—

—

GT21-03SDCDFor mounting an SD memory card

—

—

—

—

● *2

—

RGB input unit
Video/RGB input unit
RGB output unit
Sound output unit
External I/O unit
SD memory card unit

148

GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

● *11

Serial multi-drop connection unit GT01-RS4-M

9

GT27 GT25*1

Not available to GT2705-VTBD.

*2Only available to GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, and GT2103-PMBDS2.

*3

The settings for GT27-R2 and GT27-R2-Z differ in the screen design software.

*4

Not available to GT2505-VTBD.

Product List

SoftwareProduct name
HMI/GOT Screen Design
Software
MELSOFT GT Works3

Model

Supported model
GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

Description

SW1DND-GTWK3-E
SW1DND-GTWK3-EA
SW1DND-GTWK3-EAZ

EnglishVersion

GT27 GT25

Standard license productVolume license product *1 *9

DVD-ROM

Additional license product *1 *6

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
—

FA Integrated Engineering
Software
MELSOFT iQ Works *2 *3

SW2DND-IQWK-E

GT Works Text to Speech License *7

SW1DND-GTVO-M

Standard license product

●

● *8

●

—

—

License key for
GT SoftGOT2000 *4

GT27-SGTKEY-U

USB port license key

—

—

—

—

—

—

GT25-PCRAKEY-1

1 license

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-PCRAKEY-5

5 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-PCRAKEY-10

10 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-PCRAKEY-20

20 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-VNCSKEY-1

1 license

●

●

●

—

—

●

GT25-VNCSKEY-5

5 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

●

GT25-VNCSKEY-10

10 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

●

GT25-VNCSKEY-20

20 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

●

GT25-MESIFKEY-1

1 license

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-MESIFKEY-5

5 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-MESIFKEY-10

10 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-MESIFKEY-20

20 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-WEBSKEY-1

1 license

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-WEBSKEY-5

5 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-WEBSKEY-10

10 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

GT25-WEBSKEY-20

20 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

Remote Personal Computer
Operation
Function (Ethernet) License *5

VNC Server Function License *5

MES I/F Function License *5

GOT Mobile Function License *5

EnglishVersionNEW

Standard license product*1

The desired number of licenses (2 or more) can be purchased. For details, please contact your local sales office.

DVD-ROM*2

Volume license product and additional license product are also available. For more details, please refer to the MELSOFT iQ Works catalog (L(NA)08232ENG).

*3

The product includes the following software.
· System Management Software [MELSOFT Navigator]· Programmable Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT GX Works3, GX Works2, GX Developer]· Motion Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT MT Works2]· HMI/GOT Screen Design Software [MELSOFT GT Works3]· Inverter Setup Software [MELSOFT FR Configurator2]· Robot Engineering Software [MELSOFT RT ToolBox3*]· C Controller Setting and Monitoring Tool [MELSOFT CW Configurator]· Servo Setup Software [MELSOFT MR Configurator2]· MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FA Library* RT ToolBox3 mini (simplified version) will be installed if iQ Works product ID is used. When RT ToolBox3 (with simulation function) is required, please purchase RT ToolBox3.

*4

To use GT SoftGOT2000, a license key for GT SoftGOT2000 is necessary for each personal computer.

*5

1 license is required for 1 GOT unit.

*6

This product does not include the DVD-ROM. Only the license certificate with the product ID No. is issued.

*7

To edit sound files, each personal computer requires one license.

*8

GT2505-VTBD does not support the sound output function.

*9

Volume license product is not sold separately and should be purchased with the standard license product.

9

Application package
Supported modeliQ Monozukuri ANDON *1 NEW

*1

Model

Description

GT27 GT25

GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

AP30-ADN001AA-MA

1 license

●

●

●

—

—

—

AP30-ADN001AA-MB

5 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

AP30-ADN001AA-MC

10 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

AP30-ADN001AA-MD

15 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

AP30-ADN001AA-ME

20 licenses

●

●

●

—

—

—

Contents Publisher, project file of the GOT for iQ Monozukuri ANDON (template screens), GOT Mobile function license, and the iQ Monozukuri ANDON license are included.

Product List

Product name149

Product List

Options
Supported model
Product nameProtective sheet *1

Environmental
protection
sheet
USB environmental
protection cover

9
Product List
150

Protective cover foroil *3

Stand

Model

Specifications

GT27-15PSGC

For 15"

GT25-12PSGC

For 12.1"

GT25-10PSGC

For 10.4"

GT25-08PSGC

For 8.4"

GT25-05PSGC

For 5.7"

GT25-05PSGC-2

NEW

For 5.7"

GT25-10WPSGC

NEW

For 10.1" Wide

GT21-07WPSGC

NEW

For 7" Wide

GT27-15PSCC

For 15"

GT25-12PSCC

For 12.1"

GT25-10PSCC

For 10.4"

GT25-08PSCC

For 8.4"

GT25-05PSCC

For 5.7"

GT25-05PSCC-2

NEW

For 5.7"

GT25-10WPSCC

NEW

For 10.1" Wide

GT21-07WPSCC

NEW

For 7" Wide

• Antiglare type
• Transparent• With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover• A set of 5 sheets• Antiglare type
• Transparent• Without a hole for the USB environmental protection
cover *10
• A set of 5 sheets• Clear type
• Transparent• With a hole for the USB environmental protection cover• A set of 5 sheets• Clear type
• Transparent• Without a hole for the USB environmental protection
cover *10
• A set of 5 sheets

—

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

GT21

—

●

—

—

●

● *9

●

—

—

—

—

● *9

● *9

—

●

—

—

●

● *9

—

●

—

—

• Antiglare type
• Transparent• Without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover• A set of 5 sheets

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

• Clear type
• Transparent• Without a hole for the USB environmental protection cover• A set of 5 sheets

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

—

●

—

• For conforming to IP67F• Antiglare type• Slivery• 1 sheet

—

● *7

—

—

—

—

—

● *7

—

—

—

—

—

● *7

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

—

—
—

GT25-10PSCC-UC *9

For 10.4"

GT25-08PSCC-UC *9

For 8.4"

GT21-04RPSGC-UC

For 4.3"

GT21-03PSGC-UC

For 3.8"

GT21-04RPSCC-UC

For 4.3"

GT21-03PSCC-UC

For 3.8"

GT25F-12ESGSFor 12.1"

GT25F-10ESGS

For 10.4"

GT25F-08ESGSFor 8.4"

GT25-UCOVFor 15"/12.1"/10.4"/8.4"
For 5.7"
NEW

●

GT23

—

For 12.1"

GT21-WUCOV

GT21
Wide

GT25

• Clear type
• Transparent• Without a hole for the USB environmental protection
cover *2
• A set of 5 sheets

GT25-12PSCC-UC *9

GT25-05UCOV

GT25
Wide

GT27

For 10.1" Wide/7" Wide/5.7"

Environmental protection cover for the
USB interface on the GOT front face (forreplacement)

●

—

—

—

—

—

●

●

—

—

●

GT20-15PCO

For 15"

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT20-12PCO

For 12.1"

●

●

—

—

—

—

GT20-10PCO

For 10.4"

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT20-08PCO

For 8.4"

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT25-05PCO

For 5.7"

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT21-04RPCO

For 4.3"

—

—

—

—

●

—

GT10-20PCO

For 3.8"

—

—

—

—

●

—

GT15-90STAND

For 15"

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT15-80STAND

For 12.1"

●

●

—

—

—

—

GT15-70STAND

For 10.4"/8.4"

●

●

—

●

—

—

For 10.1" Wide

—

—

●

—

—

—

For 7" Wide

—

—

●

—

—

●

For 5.7"

●

●

—

—

—

—

GT25-10WSTAND

NEW

GT21-07WSTAND

NEW

GT05-50STAND

Product List

Options
Supported model
Product nameSD
memorycard

Memorycard
CF cardMemory card adaptor

Model

Specifications

GT23

GT21

GT21
Wide

SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

●

●

●

●

●

●

SDHC memory card for GOT, 4 GB

●

●

●

●

●

●

NZ1MEM-8GBSD

SDHC memory card for GOT, 8 GB

●

●

●

●

●

●

NZ1MEM-16GBSD

SDHC memory card for GOT, 16 GB

●

●

●

●

●

●

GT05-MEM-128MC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 128 MB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-256MC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 256 MB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-512MC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 512 MB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-1GC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 1 GB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-2GC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 2 GB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-4GC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 4 GB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-8GC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 8 GB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-16GC

CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 16 GB

●

—

—

—

—

—

GT05-MEM-ADPC

Conversion adapter from CF card for GT27-MMR-Z to memory card (TYPE II)

●

—

—

—

—

—

For replacing GT168, GT158, A985GOT *4

●

●

—

●

—

—

For replacing A870GOT-SWS/TWS or A8GT-70GOT-TB/
TW/SB/SW

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT15-60ATT-97

For replacing GT167, GT157, A97GOT

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT15-60ATT-96

For replacing A960GOT

●

●

—

●

—

—

For replacing A870GOT-EWS, A8GT-70GOT-EB/EW,
A77GOT-EL, A77GOT-EL-S5/S3

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT15-60ATT-77

For replacing A77GOT-CL, A77GOT-CL-S5/S3, A77GOT-L,
A77GOT-L-S5/S3

●

●

—

●

—

—

GT15-50ATT-95W

For replacing A956WGOT, F940WGOT

●

●

—

—

—

—

For 10.4"

For 8.4"

GT15-60ATT-87

For 5.7"

GT15-50ATT-85
GT21-04RATT-40

Special fitting *9

GT25
Wide

NZ1MEM-4GBSD

GT15-70ATT-87

Battery

GT25

NZ1MEM-2GBSD

GT15-70ATT-98

Attachment *11

GT27

NEW

For 4.3"

For replacing A85GOT

●

●

—

—

—

—

For replacing GT104

—

—

—

—

● *8

—

Battery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data *6.

GT11-50BAT
GT25-12FIT-EXSNEW

For 12.1"

GT25-10FIT-EXSNEW

For 10.4"

For compliance with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation

●
●
●
(For
(For
(For
replacement) replacement) replacement)

●
● *5
(For
(For
replacement) replacement)

● *9

—

—

—

—

—

● *9

● *9

—

—

—

—

*1

The white model does not have the front USB interface. It is recommended to use the products that the USB environmental protection cover area is closed.

*2

When using the product with the USB environmental protection cover area closed, the front USB interface cannot be used.

*3

Check if the protective cover for oil can be used in the actual environment before use. When using the cover, the front USB interface and human sensor cannot be used.

*4

Including the GP250 and GP260 manufactured by Digital Electronics Corporation.

*5

GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2, and GT2103-PMBLS do not have a built-in battery.

*6

GT21 does not support the system status log data backup function.

*7

GT2512F-STNA, GT2512F-STND, GT2510F-VTNA, GT2510F-VTND, GT2508F-VTNA, and GT2508F-VTND only.

*8

Only available to GT2104-RTBD.

*9

Necessary for the GOT to comply with the ATEX directive and KCs regulation. For applicable GOT models, please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website(www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

*10 The protective sheet is shaped not to cover the USB environmental protection cover.

●( Option)9*11 An attachment is usable when the control panel has a thickness of 2 to 3 mm. When an attachment is used, the GOT is not IP67F-rated.

Product List
151

Product List

Cables
Product name

QCPU
bus
connection
cable

Model
GT15-QC06B

0.6 m

GT15-QC12B
QCPU connection cable
GOT-to-GOT connection GT15-QC30B
cable
GT15-QC50B

1.2 m

GT15-QC100B

10 m

GT15-QC150BS

15 m

QCPU connection cable GT15-QC200BS
GOT-to-GOT connection
GT15-QC250BS
cable
GT15-QC300BS(long distance)

20 m

GT15-QC350BS

35 m

A9GT-QCNB—Bus extension connector box
Bus connection cable ferrite core
RS-485 terminal block conversionunit

GT15-QFC

3m

25 m

—
0.5 m

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL101m

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL202m

FA-CNV2402CBL

0.2 m

FA-CNV2405CBL

0.5 m

Computer linkconnection cable3m

GT01-C100R4-25P

10 m

GT01-C200R4-25P

20 m

GT01-C300R4-25P

30 m

GT10-C30R4-25P

3m

GT10-C100R4-25P

10 m

GT10-C200R4-25P

20 m

GT10-C300R4-25P

30 m

CC-Link (G4) connection GT21-C30R4-25P5
cable
GT21-C100R4-25P5

10 m

GT21-C200R4-25P5

20 m

GT21-C300R4-25P5

30 mComputer linkconnection cable9
Product List

RS-422cable

GT09-C30R4-6C

3m

GT09-C100R4-6C

10 m

GT09-C200R4-6C

20 m

GT09-C300R4-6C

30 m

GT01-C10R4-8P

1m

GT01-C30R4-8P

3m

GT01-C100R4-8P

10 m

GT01-C200R4-8P

20 m

GT01-C300R4-8P

30 m

GT10-C10R4-8P

1m
3m

GT10-C100R4-8P

10 m

GT10-C200R4-8P

20 m

GT10-C300R4-8P
FXCPU direct connection
GT21-C10R4-8P5
cable

30 m

RS-422 connector
conversion cable●⁄

For connecting the QCPU and GOT (long distance), A9GT-QCNB is required
For connecting the GOT and GOT (long distance)●—

Connect the connector box to the main base unit of PLC when connecting the
QCPU and GOT (long distance).

●⁄

Attach a ferrite core to the GOT-A900 bus connection cable when an existing
GOT-A900 is replaced with a GOT2000. (two ferrite cores/set)●⁄

RS-485 terminal block conversion unit
With a cable for connecting RS-422/485 (connector) of GOT2000 and a RS-485
terminal block conversion unit

GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

●

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

—

—

●

●

●

—

—

●

⁄

For connecting the QCPU/L02SCPU(-P) and the RS-422 cable (GT01-CR4-25P,
GT10-CR4-25P, GT21-CR4-25P5)
For connecting the L6ADP-R2 and the RS-422 cable (GT01-CR4-25P,
GT10-CR4-25P, GT21-CR4-25P5)[MINI-DIN 6-pin ⇔ D-sub 25-pin]

●

●

●

●

●

●

—

For connecting the QnA/ACPU/FXCPU/motion controller (A series) and the GOT
For connecting the RS-422 connector conversion cable (FA-CNVCBL) and the GOT
For connecting the serial communication module and the GOT
For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4-S3) and the GOT[D-sub 25-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

●

●

●

●

●

●

—

For connecting the QnA/ACPU/FXCPU/motion controller (A series) and the GOT
For connecting the RS-422 connector conversion cable (FA-CNVCBL) and the GOT
For connecting the serial communication module and the GOT
For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4-S3) and the GOT[D-sub 25-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

For connecting the QnACPU and GOT
For connecting the RS-422 connector conversion cable (FA-CNVCBL) and GOT
For connecting the serial communication module and GOT
For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-G4-S3) and GOT[D-sub 25-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 5-pin)]*G T2103-PMBD cannot be connected to Q00JCPU, Q00CPU, Q01CPU,
A Series, or FX1/FX2 Series.

—

—

—

—

●

—

⁄

For connecting the serial communication module and GOT
For connecting a computer link module and GOT[separate wire ⇔ D-sub 9-pin]

●

●

●

●

●

●

—

For connecting the FXCPU and GOT
For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT[MINI-DIN 8-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

●

●

—

For connecting the FXCPU and GOT
For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT[MINI-DIN 8-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

For connecting the FXCPU and GOT
For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT[MINI-DIN 8-pin and separate wire (connector terminal block 5-pin)]

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

For connecting the FXCPU and GOT
For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT[MINI-DIN 8-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]* This cable cannot be used for FX1NC, FX2NC, FX3UC-D/DSS, FX3G, or FX3GC.

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

For connecting the FXCPU and GOT
For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT[MINI-DIN 8-pin ⇔ connector terminal block 9-pin with separate wire connected]

—

—

—

—

●

—

—

For connecting a PLC and GOT[D-sub 9-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

—

—

—

—

●

—

3m

GT10-C30R4-8P

FXCPU communication
expansion board
connection cable152

GT01-C30R4-25P

GT27 GT25QCPU ⇔ GOT
GOT ⇔ GOT

30 m

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL05

Specifications⁄

5m

RS-422 conversion cable

QnA/A/FXCPU directconnection cable

Supported model *16

Cable Recommended
length product *1

*13

*13

*13
*13

*12

*3 *7

*10

*2

*3 *7

*3 *7

*4

1m

GT21-C30R4-8P53m

GT21-C100R4-8P5

10 m

GT21-C200R4-8P5

20 m

GT21-C300R4-8P5

30 m

GT10-C10R4-8PL

1m

GT10-C10R4-8PC

1m

GT10-C30R4-8PC

3m

GT10-C100R4-8PC

10 m

GT10-C200R4-8PC

20 m

GT10-C300R4-8PC

30 m

GT10-C02H-9SC

0.2 m

*2

*4

*4

*10

Product List

Cables
Product nameModel

GT01-C30R2-6P

3m—

GT10-C30R2-6P

3m—

Q/LCPU directconnection cable

FXCPU communication
expansion board
connection cable

GT27 GT25

GT25
GT21
GT23 GT21
Wide
Wide

For connecting the Q/LCPU and GOT
For connecting L6ADP-R2 and GOT/personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000)[MINI-DIN 6-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

For connecting the Q/LCPU and GOT[MINI-DIN 6-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

—

—

—

—

For connecting multiple GOTs
[MINI-DIN 6-pin ⇔ separate wire (connector terminal block 9-pin)]

—

—

—

—

●

●

●

—

●

—

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

—

●

—

*5 *8

*6

*11

3m

—

For connecting the FXCPU communication expansion board and GOT/personal
computer (GT SoftGOT2000)
For connecting an FXCPU communication special adapter and GOT/personal
computer (GT SoftGOT2000)[D-sub 9-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

GT01-C30R2-25P

3m—

For connecting an FXCPU communication special adapter and GOT/personal
computer (GT SoftGOT2000)[D-sub 25-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

GT09-C30R2-9P

3m⁄

For connecting a serial communication module and GOT
For connecting a computer link module and GOT
For connecting the peripheral connection module (AJ65BT-R2N) and GOT[D-sub 9-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

Computer linkconnection cable

GT09-C30R2-25P

3m⁄

For connecting a serial communication module and GOT
For connecting a computer link module and GOT[D-sub 25-pin ⇔ D-sub 9 pin]

●

●

●

●

RS-232 connector
conversion cable

GT10-C02H-6PT9P

0.2 m

—

For connecting a PLC and GOT
For connecting multiple GOTs
For connecting a barcode reader, RFID, or serial printer and a GOT[D-sub 9-pin ⇔ MINI-DIN 6-pin]

—

—

—

—

Data transfer cable

GT01-C30R2-6P

3m—

For connecting a GOT and a personal computer[MINI-DIN 6-pin ⇔ D-sub 9-pin]* This cable is usable for the FA transparent function only, and cannot be used totransfer screen or OS data.

—

—

—

—

GT15-C03HTB

0.3 m

⁄

For connecting an external I/O unit (GT15-DIO) and external I/O interface unit
(A8GT-C05TK, A8GT-C30TB, user-fabricated cable) for GOT-A900

●

●

—

—

—

—

⁄

For connecting an RGB image output device (external monitor, personal computer,or others) and GOT

●

—

—

—

—

—

⁄

For connecting a personal computer (screen design software) and GOT
For connecting a personal computer (GT SoftGOT2000) and QnU/L/FXCPU
For connecting a PictBridge-compatible printer and printer unit (GT15-PRN)[USB-A ⇔ USB Mini-B]

●

●

●

●

●

●

FXCPU communication
special adapter
connection cableComputer linkconnection cable
CC-Link (G4) connection
cable

Conversion cable for connecting
external I/O unit
Analog RGB cable

USB
cable

Specifications

GT01-C30R2-9S
FXCPU communication
special adapter
connection cable
RS-232cable

Supported model *16

Cable Recommended
length product *1

Data transfer cable
Printer connection cable

Panel-mounted USB port extension

GT15-C50VG

5m

GT09-C30USB-5P

3m

*13

*5 *8

*5 *8

*5 *8

*5 *8

*11

*11

*9

*9

GT14-C10EXUSB-4S NEW

1m—

For routing the USB port (host) of the GOT rear face to the front side of the control panel

●

●

●

—

—

●

GT10-C10EXUSB-5S

1m—

For routing the USB port (device) of the GOT rear face to the front side of the control panel

●

●

—

—

●

—

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL, FA-CNV240CBL are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company Limited and sold through your local sales office.
The other products listed are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Systems & Service Co., LTD. and sold through your local sales office.

*2

This cable is usable for GT2103-PMBD.

*3

This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS.

*4

This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBLS. For GT2103-PMBLS, use a 3 m or shorter cable.

*5This cable is usable for GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2.

*6

This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS2.

*7

GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS is possible to correspond by combining the GT10-C02H-9SC type RS-422 connector conversion cable.

*8

GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2 is possible to correspond by combining the GT10-C02H-6PT9P type RS-232 connector conversion cable.

*9This cable is not usable for the printer connection.

*14

*14

*15

*10 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS.
*11 This cable is usable for GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2.
*12 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS.
*13 This cable is not usable for GT2505-VTBD.

9
Product List

*1

*14 This cable is usable for GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STWD, GT2710-VTWA, GT2710-VTWD, GT2512F-STNA, GT2512F-STND, GT2510-VTWA, GT2510-VTWD, GT2510F-VTNA, GT2510F-VTND, GT2508-VTWA,
GT2508-VTWD, GT2508F-VTNA, GT2508F-VTND.
*15 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBD, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBLS.
*16 Note that the usable connection types and cables differ depending on the GOT model.

Cables for non-Mitsubishi industrial devices
RS-232 and RS-422 cables are available from every manufacturer. For more details, please see the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

Manuals
Manual nameManual number

GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Hardware)

SH-081194ENG

GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Utility)

SH-081195ENG

GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Monitor)

SH-081196ENG

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Products) For GT Works3 Version1

SH-081197ENG

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual

SH-081220ENG

153

Support
Warranty
Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product.

Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis
Warranty Range
If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be
the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the
product within the gratis warranty term, the product shallbe repaired at no cost via the sales representative or
Mitsubishi Service Company.
However, if repairs are required onsite at domestic oroverseas location, expenses to send an engineer will besolely at the customer's discretion. Mitsubishi shall not beheld responsible for any re-commissioning, maintenance,or testing on-site that involves replacement of the failed
module.

■Gratis Warranty Term

The gratis warranty term of the product shall be forthirty-six (36) months after the date of purchase ordelivery to a designated place.
Note that after manufacture and shipment from
Mitsubishi, the maximum distribution period shall be six(6) months, and the longest gratis warranty term after
manufacturing shall be forty-two (42) months. The gratis
warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis
warranty term before repairs.

■Gratis Warranty Range

10
Support154(1) The customer shall be responsible for the primary
failure diagnosis unless otherwise specified.
If requested by the customer, Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation or its representative firm may carry out
the primary failure diagnosis at the customer's
expense.
The primary failure diagnosis will, however, be free ofcharge should the cause of failure be attributable to
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
(2) The range shall be limited to normal use within theusage state, usage methods, usage environment, etc.
which follow the conditions, precautions, etc. given in
the instruction manual, user's manual, caution labelson the product, etc.
(3) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall becharged for in the following cases.
1Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or
handling, carelessness or negligence by the user.
Failure caused by the user's hardware or software
design.
2Failure caused by unapproved modifications, etc.,
to the product by the user.
3When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into auser's device, Failure that could have been
avoided if functions or structures, judged asnecessary in the legal safety measures the user's
device is subject to or as necessary by industry
standards, had been provided.
4Failure that could have been avoided if
consumable parts designated in the user's manualetc. had been correctly serviced or replaced.
5Replacement of consumable parts (battery, display
device, touch panel, fuse, etc.).
6Failure caused by external irresistible forces suchas fires or abnormal voltages, and Failure causedby force majeure such as earthquakes, lightning,
wind and water damage.
7Failure caused by reasons unpredictable byscientific technology standards at time of shipmentfrom Mitsubishi.
8Any other failure found not to be the responsibilityof Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by theuser.

Onerous repair term after
discontinuation of production(1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs forseven (7) years after production of the product is
discontinued.
Discontinuation of production shall be notified with
Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc.
(2) Product supply (including repair parts) is not available
after production is discontinued.

Overseas service

Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local
overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each
FA Center may differ.

Exclusion of loss in opportunity andsecondary loss from warranty liability
Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not
be liable for compensation to:(1) Damages caused by any cause found not to be theresponsibility of Mitsubishi.
(2) Loss in opportunity, lost profits incurred to the user by
Failures of Mitsubishi products.
(3) Special damages and secondary damages whether
foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, andcompensation for damages to products other than
Mitsubishi products.
(4) Replacement by the user, maintenance of on-siteequipment, start-up test run and other tasks.

Changes in product specifications
The specifications given in the catalogs, manuals or technicaldocuments are subject to change without prior notice.

Product application(1) In using the Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal, theusage conditions shall be that the application will notlead to a major accident even if any problem or fault
should occur in the graphic operation terminal device,and that backup and fail-safe functions are
systematically provided outside of the device for any
problem or fault.
(2) The Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal has been
designed and manufactured for applications in generalindustries, etc.
Thus, applications in which the public could be affected
such as in nuclear power plants and other power plants
operated by respective power companies, andapplications in which a special quality assurance system
is required, such as for Railway companies or Public
service purposes shall be excluded from the graphic
operation terminal applications.
In addition, applications in which human life or property
that could be greatly affected, such as in aircraft,medical applications, incineration and fuel devices,manned transportation equipment for recreation andamusement, and safety devices, shall also be excluded
from the graphic operation terminal range ofapplications.
However, in certain cases, some applications may bepossible, providing the user consults the local
Mitsubishi representative outlining the special
requirements of the project, and providing that all
parties concerned agree to the special circumstances,solely at our discretion.
In some of these cases, however, Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation may consider the possibility of an
application, provided that the customer notifies
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation of the intention, theapplication is clearly defined and any special quality is
not required.

Support
Global support
Global FA Centers
UK FA Center

Germany FA Center
Russia FA Center

Beijing FA Center
Korea
Europe FA Center
FA Center
Czech Republic
MITSUBISHI
FA Center
Tianjin FA Center
ELECTRIC
Guangzhou
Italy FA Center Turkey FA Center
CORPORATIONFA Center
India Gurgaon FA Center
Shanghai FA Center
India Ahmedabad FA Center
Taipei FA Center
India Pune FA Center
Hanoi FA Center
Ho Chi Minh FA Center
India Bangalore FA Center
Thailand FA Center
India Chennai FA Center
ASEAN FA CenterIndonesia FA CenterNorth America FA Center
Mexico Monterrey
FA Center
Mexico FA Center
Mexico City FA Center

Brazil FA Center

China Mainland
Shanghai FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.
10F, Mitsubishi Electric Automation Center, No.1386
Hongqiao Road, Changning District, Shanghai, China
Tel: +86-21-2322-3030 / Fax: +86-21-2322-3000(9611#)

Beijing FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.
Beijing Branch
5/F, ONE INDIGO, 20 Jiuxianqiao Road Chaoyang
District, Beijing, China
Tel: +86-10-6518-8830 / Fax: +86-10-6518-2938

Tianjin FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.
Tianjin Branch
Room 2003 City Tower, No.35, Youyi Road, Hexi
District, Tianjin, China
Tel: +86-22-2813-1015 / Fax: +86-22-2813-1017

Guangzhou FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.
Guangzhou Branch
Room 1609, North Tower, The Hub Center, No.1068,
Xingang East Road, Haizhu District, Guangzhou, China
Tel: +86-20-8923-6730 / Fax: +86-20-8923-6715

TaiwanTaipei FA Center

SETSUYO ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
3F, No.105, Wugong 3rd Road, Wugu District,
New Taipei City 24889, Taiwan
Tel: +886-2-2299-9917 / Fax: +886-2-2299-9963

Mitsubishi Electric Automation Korea Co., Ltd.
7F-9F, Gangseo Hangang Xi-tower A, 401,
Yangcheon-ro, Gangseo-Gu, Seoul 07528, Korea
Tel: +82-2-3660-9632 / Fax: +82-2-3663-0475

ASEAN
ASEAN FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Asia Pte. Ltd.
307 Alexandra Road, Mitsubishi Electric Building,Singapore 159943
Tel: +65-6470-2480 / Fax: +65-6476-7439

Indonesia
Indonesia FA Center

PT. Mitsubishi Electric Indonesia Cikarang Office
Jl. Kenari Raya Blok G2-07A Delta Silicon 5,
Lippo Cikarang - Bekasi 17550, Indonesia
Tel: +62-21-2961-7797 / Fax: +62-21-2961-7794

VietnamHanoi FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Vietnam Co., LTD.
Ha Noi Office
6th Floor, Detech Tower, 8 Ton That Thuyet Street,
My Dinh 2 Ward, Nam Tu Liem District, Hanoi City,
Vietnam
Tel: +84-4-3937-8075 / Fax: +84-4-3937-8076

Ho Chi Minh FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Vietnam Co., LTD.
Ho Chi Minh Head Office
Unit 01-04, 10th Floor, Vincom Center, 72 Le
Thanh Ton Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City,
Vietnam
Tel: +84-8-3910-5945 / Fax: +84-8-3910-5947

Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation(Thailand) Co., Ltd.
12th Floor, SV. City Building, Office Tower 1, No.896/19
and 20 Rama 3 Road, Kwaeng Bangpongpang,
Khet Yannawa, Bangkok 10120, Thailand
Tel: +66-2682-6522 to 31 / Fax: +66-2682-6020

India
India Pune FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Pune Branch
Emerald House, EL-3, J Block, M.I.D.C., Bhosari,
Pune - 411026, Maharashtra, India
Tel: +91-20-2710-2000 / Fax: +91-20-2710-2100

India Gurgaon FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Gurgaon Head Office
2nd Floor, Tower A & B, Cyber Greens, DLF Cyber City,DLF Phase -3, Gurgaon - 122002, Haryana, India
Tel: +91-124-463-0300 / Fax: +91-124-463-0399

India Bangalore FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Bangalore Branch
Prestige Emerald, 6th Floor, Municipal No.2,
Madras Bank Road, Bangalore - 560001, Karnataka, India
Tel: +91-80-4020-1600 / Fax: +91-80-4020-1699

India Chennai FA Center

MexicoMexico Monterrey FA Center

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION, INC.
Monterrey Office
Plaza Mirage, Av. Gonzalitos 460 Sur, Local 28, Col. San
Jeronimo, Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, C.P. 64640, Mexico
Tel: +52-55-3067-7521 / Fax: -BrazilBrazil FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric do Brasil Comercio eServicos Ltda.
Avenida Adelino Cardana, 293, 21 andar, Bethaville,
Barueri SP, Brasil CEP 06401-147
Tel: +55-11-4689-3000 / Fax: +55-11-4689-3016

EuropeEurope FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Polish Branch
ul. Krakowska 50, 32-083 Balice, Poland
Tel: +48-12-630-47-00 / Fax: +48-12-630-47-01

Germany FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. German Branch
Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1, 40882 Ratingen, Germany
Tel: +49-2102-486-0 / Fax: +49-2102-486-1120

UK FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UK Branch
Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, AL10 8XB, U.K.
Tel: +44-1707-28-8780 / Fax: +44-1707-27-8695

Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Chennai Branch
Citilights Corporate Centre No.1, Vivekananda
Road, Srinivasa Nagar, Chetpet, Chennai - 600031,
Tamil Nadu, India
Tel: +91-44-4554-8772 / Fax: +91-44-4554-8773

Italy FA Center

India Ahmedabad FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Czech Branch
Avenir Business Park, Radlicka 751/113e, 158 00
Praha5, Czech Republic
Tel: +420-251-551-470 / Fax: +420-251-551-471

Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Ahmedabad Branch
B/4, 3rd Floor, SAFAL Profitaire, Corporate Road,
Prahaladnagar, Satellite, Ahmedabad - 380015,
Gujarat, India
Tel: +91-79-6512-0063 / Fax: -AmericasNorth America FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
500 Corporate Woods Parkway, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, U.S.A.
Tel: +1-847-478-2100 / Fax: +1-847-478-2253

MexicoMexico FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Italian BranchCentro Direzionale Colleoni - Palazzo Sirio,Viale
Colleoni 7, Agrate Brianza (MB), Italy
Tel: +39-039-60531 / Fax: +39-039-6053-312

Czech Republic FA Center

10
Support

Korea
Korea FA Center

ThailandThailand FA Center

Russia FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric (Russia) LLC
St. Petersburg Branch
Piskarevsky pr. 2, bld 2, lit “Sch”, BC “Benua”,
office 720; 195027, St. Petersburg, Russia
Tel: +7-812-633-3497 / Fax: +7-812-633-3499

Turkey FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Turkey A.S. Umraniye Branch
Serifali Mahallesi Nutuk Sokak No:5, TR-34775
Umraniye / Istanbul, Turkey
Tel: +90-216-526-3990 / Fax: +90-216-526-3995

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION, INC.
Queretaro Office
Parque Tecnologico Innovacion Queretaro Lateral Carretera
Estatal 431, Km 2+200, Lote 91 Modulos 1 y 2 Hacienda la
Machorra, CP 76246, El Marques, Queretaro, Mexico
Tel: +52-442-153-6014 / Fax: -Mexico City FA Center

Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
Mexico Branch
Mariano Escobedo #69, Col. Zona Industrial,
Tlalnepantla Edo. Mexico, C.P.54030
Tel: +52-55-3067-7511 / Fax: -155

Support◆ Approval standards
Mitsubishi’s products comply with various standards and laws.
Mitsubishi’s products also comply with various international standards including UL standards, and maritime certifications.

<International standards>
Overview

Mark

CE<Maritime certifications>
Country/Region

UL
cUL

CountryABS

American Bureau of Shipping

United States

standards, Low Voltage Directive

BV

Bureau Veritas

FranceDNV GL

Norway, Germany

LR

Lloyd's Register

EnglandNKNIPPON KAIJI KYOKAI

Japan

RINA

Registro Italiano Navale

Italy

harmonized standards, RoHS

EuropeATEX Directive harmonized standards
Safety standards
Class I, Division 2
Safety standards
Class I, Division 2

EuropeUnited States

DNV GL

CanadaTechnical Regulations on EMC,

Eurasian Economic Union

Technical Regulations on safety(Russia, Belarus,of low voltage equipment

Kazakhstan, etc.)

KC

EMC standards

Korea

KCs

Safety standards

Korea

EAC

Certification Organization

EMC Directive harmonizedDirective harmonized standards
Ex

Abbrev.

For the details on the approval model within each standard, please refer to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global website(www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

10
SupportMELDAS, MELSEC, iQ Platform, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT, CC-Link IE are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi
Electric Corporation in Japan and other countries.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Windows Server, Excel, Visual Basic, Visual C++, Visual Studio, Access, SQL Server are registeredtrademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, Japan and other countries.
ETHERNET is a registered trademark of Xerox Corp.
MODBUS is a registered trademark of SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC USA, INC.
SD and SDHC Logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
VNC is a registered trademark of RealVNC Ltd. in the United States and other countries.
Unicode and the Unicode Logo are registered trademarks of Unicode, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates in the United States and other countries.
PictBridge is a registered trademark of Canon Inc.
Android and Google Chrome are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google Inc.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
Safari is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Intel, Intel Core are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Anybus is a registered trademark of HMS Industrial Networks AB.
Other product and company names are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
The actual color may differ slightly from the pictures in this catalog.
The actual display may differ from what are shown on GOT screen images.

Precautions before use
This publication explains the typical features and functions of the products
herein and does not provide restrictions or other information related to usage
and module combinations. Before using the products, always read the productuser manuals. Mitsubishi Electric will not be held liable for damage caused byfactors found not to be the cause of Mitsubishi Electric; opportunity loss or lost
profits caused by faults in Mitsubishi Electric products; damage, secondary
damage, or accident compensation, whether foreseeable or not, caused by
special factors; damage to products other than Mitsubishi Electric products; or
any other duties.

156

For s a fe us e•• To use the products given in this publication properly, always read therelevant manuals before beginning operation.
•• The products have been manufactured as general-purpose parts for generalindustries, and are not designed or manufactured to be incorporated in a
device or system used in purposes related to human life.
•• Before using the products for special purposes such as nuclear power, electric
power, aerospace, medicine or passenger-carrying vehicles, consult with
Mitsubishi Electric.
•• The products have been manufactured under strict quality control. However,when installing the products where major accidents or losses could occur
if the products fail, install appropriate backup or fail-safe functions in thesystem.

Automation solutions

YOUR SOLUTION PARTNER

Low voltage: MCCB, MCB, ACB

Medium voltage: VCB, VCC

Power monitoring, energy management

Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of automation equipment from PLCs and HMIs to
CNC and EDM machines.
Compact and Modular Controllers

A NAME TO TRUST
Since its beginnings in 1870, some
45 companies use the Mitsubishi
name, covering a spectrum offinance, commerce and industry.
The Mitsubishi brand name isrecognized around the world as asymbol of premium quality.
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is
active in space development,
transportation, semi-conductors,
energy systems, communications
and information processing, audio
visual equipment and homeelectronics, building and energy
management and automation
systems, and has 237 factories andlaboratories worldwide in over 121
countries.

This is why you can rely on
Mitsubishi Electric automation
solution - because we know firsthand about the need for reliable,
efficient, easy-to-use automation andcontrol in our own factories.
As one of the world’s leading
companies with a global turnover ofover 4 trillion Yen (over $40 billion),
employing over 100,000 people,
Mitsubishi Electric has the resource
and the commitment to deliver theultimate in service and support aswell as the best products.

Inverters, Servos and Motors

Visualisation: HMIs

Numerical Control (NC)

Robots: SCARA, Articulated arm

Processing machines: EDM, Lasers, IDS

Transformers, Air conditioning, Photovoltaic systems* Not all products are available in all countries.

Global Partner. Local Friend.
American Offices
USA
Mitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
500 Corporate Woods Parkway, Vernon Hills, IL 60061, U.S.A.
Tel: +1-847-478-2100

MexicoMitsubishi Electric Automation, Inc.
Mexico Branch
Mariano Escobedo #69, Col. Zona Industrial, Tlalnepantla
Edo. Mexico, C.P.54030
Tel: +52-55-3067-7511

BrazilMitsubishi Electric do Brasil Comercio e Servicos Ltda.
Avenida Adelino Cardana, 293, 21 andar, Bethaville, Barueri
SP, Brasil CEP 06401-147
Tel: +55-11-4689-3000

China
Mitsubishi Electric Automation (China) Ltd.
No.1386 Hongqiao Road, Mitsubishi Electric Automation
Center, Shanghai, China
Tel: +86-21-2322-3030

TaiwanSETSUYO ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.
6F, No.105, Wugong 3rd Road, Wugu District, New Taipei City
24889, Taiwan
Tel: +886-2-2299-2499

Korea
Mitsubishi Electric Automation Korea Co., Ltd.
7F-9F, Gangseo Hangang Xi-tower A, 401, Yangcheon-ro,Gangseo-Gu,Seoul 07528, Korea
Tel: +82-2-3660-9530

Singapore
Mitsubishi Electric Asia Pte. Ltd.
307 Alexandra Road, Mitsubishi Electric Building, Singapore
159943
Tel: +65-6473-2308

ThailandMitsubishi Electric Factory Automation(Thailand) Co., Ltd.
12th Floor, SV.City Building, Office Tower 1, No. 896/19 and
20 Rama 3 Road,Kwaeng Bangpongpang, Khet Yannawa,
Bangkok 10120, Thailand
Tel: +66-2682-6522 to 31

Indonesia
PT. Mitsubishi Electric Indonesia
Gedung Jaya 11th Floor, JL. MH. Thamrin No.12, Jakarta
Pusat 10340, Indonesia
Tel: +62-21-3192-6461

VietnamMitsubishi Electric Vietnam Co., LTD.
Ho Chi Minh Head Office
Unit 01-04, 10th Floor, Vincom Center, 72 Le Thanh Ton
Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
Tel: +84-8-3910-5945

India
Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.
Pune Branch
Emerald House, EL -3, J Block, M.I.D.C., Bhosari,
Pune - 411026, Maharashtra, India
Tel: +91-20-2710-2000

Australia
Mitsubishi Electric Australia Pty. Ltd.
348 Victoria Road, P.O. Box 11, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116,
Australia
Tel: +61-2-9684-7777

Germany
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
German Branch
Mitsubishi-Electric-Platz 1, 40882 Ratingen, Germany
Tel: +49-2102-486-0

UK
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
UK Branch
Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire, AL10 8XB, U.K.
Tel: +44-1707-28-8780

Italy
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Italian BranchCentro Direzionale Colleoni - Palazzo Sirio, Viale Colleoni 7,
Agrate Brianza (MB), Italy
Tel: +39-039-60531

Spain
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Spanish Branch
Carretera de Rubi 76-80-Apdo.420,
08190 Sant Cugat del Valles (Barcelona), Spain
Tel: +34-935-65-3131

FranceMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
French Branch
25, Boulevard des Bouvets, 92741 Nanterre Cedex, France
Tel: +33-1-55-68-55-68

Czech
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Czech Branch
Avenir Business Park, Radlicka 751/113e, 158 00 Praha 5,
Czech Republic
Tel: +420-251-551-470

TurkeyMitsubishi Electric Turkey A.S.
Umraniye Branch
Serifali Mahallesi Nutuk Sokak No:5, TR-34775
Umraniye / Istanbul, Turkey
Tel: +90-216-526-3990

PolandMitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Polish Branch
ul. Krakowska 50, 32-083 Balice, Poland
Tel: +48-12-347-65-00

RussiaMitsubishi Electric (Russia) LLC
St. Petersburg Branch
Piskarevsky pr. 2, bld 2, lit “Sch”, BC “Benua”, office 720;
RU-195027 St. Petersburg, Russia
Tel: +7-812-633-3497

Asia-Pacific Offices

European Offices

South Africa
Adroit Technologies
20 Waterford Office Park, 189 Witkoppen Road, Fourways,
Johannesburg, South Africa
Tel: +27-11-658-8100

The release date varies depending on the product and your region. For details, please contact your local sales office.

HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPANNAGOYA WORKS: 1-14, YADA-MINAMI 5, HIGASHI-KU, NAGOYA, JAPAN

L(NA)08270ENG-F 1804[IP]New publication, effective Apr. 2018.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.